How to Study the Word

By Marshall J. Grosboll

How to Study the WordA master deception

The prophecies foretell of a coming master deception to the Christian world: “He performs great signs, so that he even makes fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men. And he deceives those who dwell on the earth by those signs which he was granted to do” Revelation 13: 13, 14. (Texts are from either the KJV or NKJV.)

In Acts 2, when fire came down from heaven, the Holy Spirit was poured out upon the disciples. In the last days, there is going to be a counterfeit outpouring of the Holy Spirit (fire from heaven) that is going to deceive the world. Even many Christians will be deceived, for Satan will “deceive, if possible, even the elect” Matthew 24: 24.

That is why Satan will use Christian ministers to be his agents— he would not deceive Christians with witch doctors! Satan’s ambassadors come “transforming themselves into apostles of Christ. And no wonder! For Satan himself transforms himself into an angel of light. Therefore it is no great thing if his ministers also transform themselves into ministers of righteousness” 2 Corinthians 11: 13– 15.

The coming of the false outpouring of the Holy Spirit and the counterfeit Christ will be with “all power, signs, and lying wonders, and with all unrighteous deception among those who perish, because they did not receive the love of the truth, that they might be saved” 2 Thessalonians 2: 9, 10.

In the Sermon on the Mount, Jesus warned that many Christians who call Him “Lord, Lord,” who think that they are saved, who have known and taught the prophecies, who have had spiritual gifts and have done many wonderful things in His name, will find out too fate that they are forever lost. Jesus will say to them: “1 never knew you; depart from Me, you who practice lawlessness!” Matthew 7: 21– 23.

It will be among God’s professed people that “Satan will take the field and personate Christ. to deceive, if possible, the very elect” Testimonies to Ministers, 411. Anytime God’s people begin to seek for the outpouring of the Holy Spirit, without a corresponding interest in knowing and following the truth, they are in danger of having their prayers answered by the wrong spirit. If most of the world is going to be deceived, how can we keep from being deceived ourselves?

Only Bible students saved!

The answer comes from the following insight, taken from one of the greatest books I have ever read, The Great Controversy:

“Only those who have been diligent students of the Scriptures and who have received the love of the truth will be shielded from the powerful delusion that takes the world captive. By the Bible testimony these will detect the deceiver in his disguise. To all the testing time will come. By the sifting of temptation the genuine Christian will be revealed. Are the people of God now so firmly established upon His word that they would not yield to the evidence of their senses? Would they, in such a crisis, cling to the Bible and the Bible only? Satan will, if possible, prevent them from obtaining a preparation to stand in that day. He will so arrange affairs as to hedge up their way, entangle them with earthly treasures, cause them to carry a heavy, wearisome burden, that their hearts may be overcharged with the cares of this life and the day of trial may come upon them as a thief”— pp. 625, 626.

This brief passage summarizes the teaching of the Bible on this point. The word that jumps out at me in this passage is the word “only.” Is it true that only those who have been “diligent students of the scriptures,” and those who have “received the love of the truth,” will be saved from delusion and found ready when Jesus comes?

Why only a few will be saved

Many will find out too late that the prophetic warnings are all too true. Many who have been professed followers of Christ— faithful in tithes and offerings, leaders in various departments of the church, preachers of the Word, and who truly believe that they are saved because they “know the truth,”— will find out, too late, that they have been sadly deceived because they never had time to become “diligent students of the Word.”

“Because narrow is the gate and difficult is the way which leads to life, and there are few who find it” Matthew 7: 14. While only a few will be saved, many will think they have been saved because they have been a part of the church and active in supporting the Lord’s institutions and spreading His message (see Matthew 7: 21— 23). “But a small number of those now professing to believe the truth . . . [will] eventually be saved— not because they could not be saved, but because they would not be saved in God’s own appointed way” Testimonies, vol. 2, 445.

Why only a small number? Because the majority have not been diligent students of the Word nor received the love of the truth. Thus they have been deceived into thinking they are saved, into thinking they have received the Holy Spirit, when they are yet in their sins.

Note again these two essentials: (1) We must become, not just surface readers, but diligent students of the Word, and (2) we must study it with the right attitude (because we love the troth). The scribes and Pharisees in Jesus’ day were great students of the Word, but they studied it for argument’s sake and to support preconceived ideas. They did not crucify the lusts of the flesh nor the pride of opinion, but rather they studied the Word to elevate themselves and their ideas.

Ways to study the Word

Though we must be willing for God to teach us new truth, we must not study the Word in order to find something new and exciting (to show our superior wisdom). One of the things that led the early church into apostasy during the first few centuries was that they “had become wearied of the oft- repeated truths. They desired a new phase of doctrine, more pleasing to many minds” Seventh- day Adventist Bible Commentary, vol. 7, 958.

Nor is our study to be primarily for the conversion of other people, although our study will help enable us to witness better. We are not to study in order to earn merits with the Lord. We are not to study in order to prove our opinions right. Neither are we to study in order to appear pious to other people. “How many are lost by their effort to keep up a name! If one has the reputation of being a successful evangelist, a gifted preacher, a man of prayer, a man of faith, a man of special devotion, there is positive danger that he will make shipwreck of faith when tried by the little tests that God suffers to come. Often his great effort will be to maintain his reputation” Ibid.

But rather, we are to study in order to learn the will of God for our own lives, personally. We are to study in order to allow the Holy Spirit an opportunity to change our characters into the likeness of Jesus’ character. Unless we spend this personal time with the Word so that this character change can happen, we cannot be saved!

Of course, God makes up the difference for those who are blind or who have no access to the Bible or who have some other handicap that makes it impossible to study on their own. But for those to whom God has given the abilities to read and has provided them with the Word, He will not make up the difference. Jesus said, “Most assuredly, I say to you, unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink His blood, you have no life in you. Whoever eats My flesh and drinks My blood has eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is food indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He who eats My flesh and drinks My blood abides in Me, and I in him” John 6: 53— 56. Thus Jesus warned that only those who eat His flesh will have eternal life, and He identifies that flesh in verse 63 as, not His literal body, but the words which He speaks.

Peter describes how the Christian can receive the new life in Christ in 2 Peter 1: 3, 4. He says, “As His divine power has given to us all things that pertain to life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him who called us by glory and virtue, by which have been given to us exceedingly great and precious promises, that through these you may be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.” Thus we receive the “divine nature” through the promises of the Word and the knowledge of Jesus Christ. As Jesus said in John 17: 3, 17: “And this is life eternal, that they may know You, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom You have sent… Sanctify them by Your truth, Your word is truth.”

How could anything be more plain? We cannot expect to reach heaven unless we are spending serious, diligent time in the Word! I may decide that I am a solitary exception to this rule, but like millions of others, I will find out too late that I am no exception. There is no amount of tithe or offerings that can be given to make up for our need of personal Bible study. It cannot be done by proxy. There is no preacher we can pay to do it for us. There is no profession or church activity that can make up for this need of personal devotion with the Lord.

How to increase your intelligence!

Before entering the gospel ministry, the Lord graciously showed me the need and blessings of Bible study. I had always felt a call to the pastoral ministry and was starting out my freshman year at a Christian college in preparation for this calling.

My brother had graduated from the same college the year before and had made good grades, so they thought I would be a good student also. Thus they allowed me to choose however heavy a study load I thought I could handle. I took Theology I, History, Freshman Composition, five hours of Greek and a few other courses that equaled 17 hours of credit— a fairly heavy load.

Now, while “the spirit was willing” to handle this much study, the flesh was weak. While I wanted to do well, I had never really learned how to apply myself to study. I was much more adept at playing tennis and other enjoyable things than I was at sitting at a desk. I was also working part- time to help defray the cost of my tuition. As the weeks passed, my grades got further and further behind.

Two weeks before the end of the first quarter, many of the teachers gave preliminary grades to the freshmen to help them know how to study for their final tests. They displayed the cumulative points for the quarter for each student on the board and each student was given their points so they could see where they ranked in relationship to all others. Lines were drawn between certain numbers on the board indicating grades of A, B, C, D and F. To my horror, out of 17 hours I had accumulated 11 hours of solid F, and in two of those courses, including Greek, I was the lowest F in the class! My doom was nigh! I felt sure that my college career was nearly over. I said, “Lord, I’m sorry! You called me into the ministry but I have failed You. Look what a miserable job I have done.”

But the Lord brought to my mind a statement on page 90 from another favorite little book of mine, Steps to Christ. The statement reads:

“There is nothing more calculated to strengthen the intellect than the study of the Scriptures. No other book is so potent to elevate the thoughts, to give vigor to the faculties, as the broad, ennobling truths of the Bible. If God’s word were studied as it should be, men would have a breadth of mind, a nobility of character, and a stability of purpose rarely seen in these times.” With this statement in mind, I decided to do an experiment. I made a covenant with the Lord. I said: “Lord, I’ve failed You and I’m sorry. But starting today, I would like to make a covenant with You to spend at least an hour every day with Your Word. I am not asking You to do anything specific, except to help me keep my part of the covenant. You do whatever You want with my life.”

I thought I had always spent some time with the Word each day before, but it must have been very little. I guess if a person spends 10 or 15 minutes a day with the Word, he thinks he has accomplished a great feat. But when I tried to spend a whole hour with the Word, I found it was the hardest, most boring thing I had ever done in my life! I could have spent two or three hours with the television or playing basketball without any problem— but an hour with the Word! Yet I had made a covenant and I was determined to keep it, even if it killed me! Day after day I forced myself to sit and study my Bible. I could hardly sit there for that whole period of time, but I stuck it through.

After a month or two, the strangest thing began to happen. The Word began to be interesting! Pretty soon I found myself spending two hours and even three hours at a time with the Word, just like other people do with television, not realizing how the time had gone by. Something else was also happening. The Lord worked a miracle in my studies— in the two- week period I had remaining before the close of the first quarter, the Lord helped me to bring every grade up to a C! Now a C may not be anything to write home about, but for me, coming out of the pit I was in, it was a miracle! I could hardly believe that Scripture study could actually make that much difference!

I kept on studying an hour a day, and by the next year the lowest grade I made was a B. I continued to spend the time studying the Word systematically every day and my grades continued to climb right through graduate school. I was not doing a lot more studying than before, but I had learned to study more efficiently and my mind was retaining and comprehending more.

The discipline never ends

I found something else very interesting. Over the years I have tried to keep that covenant with the Lord, but after more than two decades I find that it is just as hard to get into the Word every morning today as it was the day I began. The only difference is that once I sit down to study the Word now, it is even more interesting than I found it after those first few months of study. As David said, God’s word is “sweeter also than honey and the honeycomb” Psalm 19: 10. The Word becomes more enjoyable every day it is read, but I still have to discipline myself to begin my study each morning.

There is a determined foe who works every day to prevent me from finding time to do what I know I must. As the earlier statement from The Great Controversy says, “Satan will, if possible, prevent them from obtaining a preparation to stand in that day. He will so arrange affairs as to hedge up their way, entangle them with earthly treasures, cause them to carry a heavy, wearisome burden, that their hearts may be overcharged with the cares of this life and the day of trial may come upon them as a thief’— p. 625.

I am convinced that Satan must spend hours dreaming up schemes just to keep me from finding time to read the Word. I find if I do not get it done in the morning, generally things become so complicated during the day that there is never a moment to sit down and read the Word until I am so tired I cannot concentrate anymore on what I am reading.

So over the years, I have had to make sacrifices and decisions as to whether I would study the Word or not. I remember taking a college Biology class which was very difficult. I thought the teacher must be trying to weed out some of the pre- med students. With 204 students in his class, he gave only four A’s— just two percent!— which I thought was far too low. I was working four hours a day, taking a full class load and was spending that hour a day with the Word. Yet, though I concentrated as hard as I could in class, I found out that I had very little time to prepare for the final exam. After I got off work the day of the exam, I had one hour and 45 minutes before test time, and I had not yet studied for the final. So I faced a decision: Would I put my Bible study off until after class or some time that evening and spend my hour and 45 minutes preparing for the test, or should I spend my hour with the Bible first and then a mere 45 minutes preparing for my final exam? I chose the latter, by faith.

A close friend of mine, who was not working or spending consistent time with the Bible, studied hard for two weeks in preparation for that exam. I had but 45 minutes! I asked the Lord to make my mind as clear and sharp as possible, and to help me know what I should study during that short period of time. When the exam came, my mind was able to recall nearly everything we had covered in class, and I received one of those four A’s. My friend could not understand what had happened since he had spent much more time studying than I had but ended up with a lower grade. Another difficult time I remember was when I was taking Anatomy and Physiology. It was a college summer course where a normal half- year course is crammed into just six weeks, with four hours of lecture a day. If you missed a day, it was like missing a week in a regular college course. My uncle died during the middle of the course and I was one of the pallbearers. Because of the funeral preparations, I had not had a chance to prepare for my mid- term test. I got back from the funeral just one hour before I was to take the test. Again, somehow I had not spent the time in my devotions that day and I had a choice to make— Bible study or Anatomy and Physiology. I told the Lord: “Lord, I may have to take this course over again. I may flunk. But I would rather flunk Anatomy and Physiology than my course for eternal life! Help me with my devotions over this next hour.” I went to that test without having prepared one minute, yet the Lord helped me in that emergency to get a very good grade. The Lord promises: “Those who honor Me I will honor” 1 Samuel 2: 30.

These experiences are miracles which the Lord performed. He will not make up for our willful negligence, but if we make Him first, and then do the best we can, He will help us out of every emergency. On the other hand, if we should spend an hour in Bible study and then watch television the rest of the day, hoping God will somehow help us in some assignment we may have, we would be utterly disappointed. I am sure that had I not been doing the best I could at all other times in my studies, the Lord would not have helped in these emergency situations. But the Lord was also testing me to see what I would put first— my earthly schooling or my heavenly schooling.

I wish I could say I have passed every test of the Lord like those two, but too many times I have had to learn the same lesson by failure— putting the Lord last never works.

Every day you are also being tested. There are a thousand things to keep you from the Word if you allow them to. In fact, there is probably only one way you can get in the daily, faithful Bible study that you need for salvation, and that is to make it the highest priority of your life; to be willing to sacrifice anything and everything in order to spend that time with the Lord.

God is not looking for hermits or monks. He is not asking us to spend eight or ten hours a day with the Word. That would be fanaticism. Studying the Word is like our daily food; if we spent eight hours a day eating our physical food, we would be bloated and useless. And so it is with our spiritual food. If we did nothing else but study, we would be useless Christians.

But though we are not to eat all day long, we should spend some time every day eating. And we should eat the best food available. When we combine good food with exercise, sunshine, fresh air, rest, pure water, temperance, and trust in divine power, the Lord blesses us with abundant health. Thus it is with our spiritual food— the Bible— and our spiritual health. Eating is not the only thing we need, but if we do not eat, we will die.

What should we study?

First of all, it should be realized that there is no supplement for God’s Word. The Word should remain the basis of all our study.

Although there are a number of profitable magazines and books of a spiritual nature, some of which I try to read in my spare time, devotional time itself should be dedicated to the Word alone. During my covenanted hour of devotional time with the Lord, I allow myself to read and study nothing but the inspired words of God. Nothing else counts as a part of that time, and nothing else is read or studied until that time is over. I try to read from both the Old and New Testament in a consistent manner, and when studying a particular subject, I try to read everything of seeming importance from the Bible about that subject, instead of just skipping from one passage to another with no definite plan or goal in mind. I find this method of consistent study gives a balanced spiritual “diet.”

How should I begin?

There are two basic ways of studying: The first is to read and study certain books of the Bible, such as Matthew, Isaiah, Revelation, or even the whole Bible from Genesis to Revelation. The second method is to pick out certain subjects, such as the “second coming of Jesus,” “baptism,” “how to overcome sin,” “law and grace,” et cetera, and to look up everything the Bible says about that subject, comparing text with text.

I try to do both. I generally like to pick out two books of the Bible to read— one from the New Testament and one from the Old Testament. I will spend part of the time on one book and part on the other. As I come upon a subject that I am not sure of or would like to know more about, I look up everything else in the Bible about that subject. I may thus spend several days on one verse. To do this, you need a good concordance, such as Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance or Young’s Exhaustive Concordance, or one of the new computer Bible programs that helps you to find all the verses on any subject or word in the Bible. The concordances in the back of most Bibles are rather worthless because they are so selective in what they are able to list that they often do not list the very texts that explain the subject best.

We must do more than just read the Bible. We must study it. Do not worry about how far you get into the book each day. Do not set yourself a goal to read so many pages or chapters a day. But rather set yourself time goals and go no faster or further than the mind can comprehend and you can put into practice. “There is but little benefit derived from a hasty reading of the Scriptures. One may read the whole Bible through and yet fail to see its beauty or comprehend its deep and hidden meaning. One passage studied until its significance is clear to the mind and its relation to the plan of salvation is evident, is of more value than the perusal of many chapters with no definite purpose in view and no positive instruction gained” Steps to Christ, 90.

How much better would it be for one who is reading the Bible to come upon one of God’s holy commandments that he is not obeying and spend days, or weeks if necessary, on that one passage until it is understood in relationship to the rest of the Bible and in relationship to his obligation to the Lord, and to choose to obey it, than to merely hurry on and finish reading the Bible in some prescribed length of time with no real benefit gained?

Be careful not to rush through your study, but on the other hand, do not allow yourself to get bogged down in trivia. There are elements of Scripture that are comparatively unimportant for salvation. Some people specialize on minor points and overlook the major points of the Bible. Paul says to give no “heed to fables and endless genealogies, which cause disputes rather than godly edification which is in faith” 1 Timothy 1: 4. Even in Bible study there are a thousand things, which may not be the most important, to absorb one’s time. One person I know began to study everything the Bible said about “dogs.” That may be interesting, but is it profitable?

We should read the Bible and know what it contains from Genesis to Revelation. Yet, if we simply read the Bible without any deeper study than mere reading, we will never understand the deeper messages that God has hidden in it for us. Jesus said, “The kingdom of heaven is like treasure hidden in a field” Matthew 13: 44. God intends for us to dig deep, to search for treasure, to be diligent students. We must study “line upon line, line upon line, here a little, there a little” Isaiah 28: 10.

If an individual has not studied the Bible before, I recommend this plan of study: Spend a half- hour a day reading the Bible through. Read it through from Genesis to Revelation the first time so that you have at least read everything it contains. Then spend a half- hour studying the Bible by subject. Purchase a good concordance to help you in this study. Steps to Life has an excellent, free Bible course that categorizes many important subjects of the Bible and gives you the Bible texts to look up on each subject. Thousands of people have been helped by these lessons. Like others, you may find it profitable to spend a half- hour a day reading the Bible through, and then a half- hour in studying the Bible by subjects, using the Steps to Life lessons as a help in finding the different subjects. All you have to do to receive these important lessons for your own personal study is to write and ask for them and we will begin to send them to you with no obligation whatsoever. This is a part of our ministry for the Lord. The address and phone number are on the back of this booklet.

It is important to do both kinds of study: To study certain subjects in detail as well as to find out what the whole Bible says. When Satan quoted the Scriptures to Jesus in the wilderness, Jesus replied that “Man shall live. . . by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God” Matthew 4: 4. So we need to know the whole Word. Yet there are certain portions of the Scriptures to which we must give special attention. Two of these are the life of Christ and the prophecies for the last days. One author says: “It would be well for us to spend a thoughtful hour each day in contemplation of the life of Christ. We should take it point by point, and let the imagination grasp each scene, especially the closing ones.. . . If we would be saved at last, we must learn the lesson of penitence and humiliation at the foot of the cross” The Desire of Ages, 83.

As you begin your study of the Bible, ask God to guide you; He has promised to do so. “Ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you will find; knock, and it will be opened to you. For everyone who asks receives, and he who seeks finds, and to him who knocks it will be opened” Matthew 7: 7, 8.

Daniel and Revelation

The prophecies of Daniel and Revelation need to be prayerfully studied. “Read the book of Daniel. Call up, point by point, the history of the kingdoms there represented. Behold statesmen, councils, powerful armies, and see how God wrought to abase the pride of men, and lay human glory in the dust..

“The light that Daniel received from God was given especially for these last days…. All the events foretold will soon come to pass. . . .

“The book of Revelation opens with an injunction to us to understand the instruction it contains When we . .. understand what this book means … [there will come] a great revival” Testimonies to Ministers, 112, 113.

Be afraid of human invention and guess work in the interpretation of these books. Study them carefully, allowing the Scriptures to interpret their meaning. One of the finest books to help in the understanding of Daniel and Revelation is the book The Great Controversy, which combines history with prophecy. This book will add light to these prophecies. Let the light of prophecy illuminate prophecy rather than human speculation. That is not saying that the Lord is not going to add new light to the understanding of Daniel and Revelation, but the new light will never contradict established truth. There is within the heart of man a constant yearning for uniqueness, for some new theory to attach one’s name to, and to surpass one’s fellow men in understanding and recognition.

We should not reject any light that the Lord, out of love, may send us, but we should not accept new light without careful and prayerful study for ourselves from the Inspired Word. What we think is light may sound very good at first, but may eventually lead far away from real truth.

“So closely will the counterfeit resemble the true that it will be impossible to distinguish between them except by the Holy Scriptures. . . . [Thus] we should day by day study the Bible diligently, weighing every thought and comparing scripture with scripture. With divine help we are to form our opinions for ourselves as we are to answer for ourselves before God….

“We should exert all the powers of the mind in the study of the Scriptures and should task the understanding to comprehend, as far as mortals can, the deep things of God; yet we must not forget that the docility and submission of a child is the true spirit of the learner. Scriptural difficulties can never be mastered by the same methods that are employed in grappling with philosophical problems. We should not engage in the study of the Bible with that self- reliance with which so many enter the domains of science, but with a prayerful dependence upon God and a sincere desire to learn His will. We must come with a humble and teachable spirit to obtain knowledge from the great I AM. Otherwise, evil angels will so blind our minds and harden our hearts that we shall not be impressed by the truth” The Great Controversy, 593– 599. Today there are many surface readers of Scripture who are not prepared for the emotional, heart- touching manifestations of power and counterfeit teachings of the last days which will shake many people out of the truth. “When the shaking comes, by the introduction of false theories, these surface readers, anchored nowhere, are like shifting sand. They slide into any position to suit the tenor of their feelings” Testimonies to Ministers, 112.

Two special reasons for Bible study

There are two basic and specific reasons for becoming diligent students of the Scriptures. The first reason is so that we might know the truth and be shielded from the deceptions and delusions of Satan that are to take the church and the world captive. The second reason is that we might have power to overcome sin and have Jesus’ character formed within. “Temptations often appear irresistible because, through neglect of prayer and the study of the Bible, the tempted one cannot readily remember God’s promises and meet Satan with the Scripture weapons” The Great Controversy, 600.

Special Bible study helps

Before every great event of history, such as the Flood, the destruction of Jerusalem, and the first coming of Jesus, God has sought to warn the world and to prepare His people for the events foretold by sending a call for revival and reformation through messengers of His own choosing. He has promised to do so again before the greatest event of all— the second coming of Jesus.

I have found two books to be like special messengers that the Lord has sent to my life, and the life of many others, to help better understand the Bible. The Bible says we are not to accept every purported preacher or message that supposedly comes from the Lord, for there will be many false shepherds. And yet, the Lord does send true messages, too, because He loves us. Thus we must neither gullibly accept, nor carelessly reject, any light that the Lord may send, but we must test it by the tests of the Bible— never by feeling. Some of the tests are found in Isaiah 8: 20; Matthew 7: 15– 20; 1 Corinthians 14: 22; 1 John 4: 1– 3; Galatians 1: 8; Revelation 12: 17 compared to 19: 10; Revelation 14: 12 and James 1: 17. Any preacher or messenger of the Lord who teaches something that is contrary to the Bible is not from God.

The Bible says of those in Berea that they “were more noble than those in Thessalonica, in that they received the word [of Paul] with all readiness of mind, and searched the scriptures daily, [to find] whether those things [which Paul was teaching] were so” Acts 17: 11. The Bible must always remain paramount. Even if God sends a true preacher, he can never take the place of the Bible. I must never substitute anyone’s preaching for personal devotions. But there are, occasionally, those rare books or preachers that God especially uses to lead one to Bible truth. As Paul says: “How shall they hear without a preacher? And how shall they preach unless they are sent?” Romans 10: 14, 15.

The two books that I have found to be like messengers from the Lord to my life are The Great Controversy and The Desire of Ages. These have helped me more than any other source, outside of the Bible itself, in my Christian growth. The Great Controversy, on the prophecies of Daniel and Revelation, covers the prophetic events of history from the days of the apostles until the end of time. The Desire of Ages is on the life of Christ, which is my favorite topic.

One year when I was in graduate school I got up each day at 4: 00 AM. and studied for two hours on the life of Jesus. During that time I read The Desire of Ages through, looking up every Bible passage used or referred to (which was nearly 3,000) in the book. I generally ended up reading the whole passage in the Bible to get the context of the verse used. I had never realized before how the whole Bible, from Genesis to Revelation, talked so much about Jesus. When I finished I had a clearer grasp and appreciation of the plan of salvation than I had ever had before, and I had a stronger desire to follow Jesus and be true to His calling.

Years later I read the same book through again, and it was as though I was again reconverted. I again fell in love with Jesus even more than ever before. This time I coded different Bible subjects presented in the book in connection with the life of Christ. You can code different subjects by using different colors of markers, or, as I do, by using symbols and abbreviations. In this study, I cross- referenced every statement on the incarnation and the nature of Christ (coded “I” in the margin), the love of Christ (“ L”), church organization (“ O”)— which there is a surprising amount about in the gospels,— victorious living (“ V”), how to have devotions (“ D”) and how to witness (“ W”). I soon found there was another subject I should have coded— humility and selfsurrender (“ S”).

This same plan of coding for future study and reference can be followed with any book of the Bible. You need to read the book through, first to find out what its general theme is, and then prayerfully pick out the subjects you think the Lord is trying to teach you in that book. Then, read the book through again, coding and cross- referencing the verses that talk about each subject.

Getting children started with the Bible

As apparent in this morally degenerate age, l am very conscious of my children’s Christian experience. I want them to be with me in heaven, yet I know that I cannot save them. The Bible says, “‘ Though Noah, Daniel, and Job were in [the land] ‘ . . . ,says the Lord God, ‘they would deliver neither son nor daughter; they would deliver only themselves by their righteousness’ “ Ezekiel 14: 20.

I know that if my children are going to be with me eternally, they must individually accept Jesus as their personal Saviour. They cannot inherit eternal life because of my conversion. I can set them the right example, but they must develop their own characters for heaven; and this can be done only by spending time in prayer and the Word, and then in living the victorious Christian life through the grace given them of the Lord.

When does that start? We started praying with our children and reading to them from the Bible every morning and evening from the time of their birth. We wanted the habit of Bible study to be there from their earliest recollection and even before.

As the children grew older and began to comprehend, we did not want to bore them with the Bible (we wanted them to love it!), so we would read short passages from the Bible and then tell them Bible stories on their own level. Sometimes we used Bible felts to illustrate the stories.

We also tried to instill in them the importance of having their own personal devotions, even apart from family worship. We taught them to commit themselves to God in prayer as soon as they were awake and then to read their Bibles. Before they could read on their own, we bought cassette players and Bible story tapes for them to listen to. We made sure the cassette players did not have radios with them— we did not want them filling their minds with today’s popular songs.

God said: “Hear, 0 Israel . . . You shall love the Lord your God with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your strength. And these words which I command you today shall be in your heart; you shall teach them diligently to your children, and shall talk of them when you sit in your house, when you walk by the way, when you lie down, and when you rise up Deuteronomy 6: 4– 6.

Seven divine rules of study

First Rule of Study

1. We must believe that the Bible, and the whole Bible, is inspired by God. As soon as we begin to decide what portions are inspired and what portions are not inspired, we set ourselves above the Bible and can no longer be taught by the Bible. God abhors such pride and self- sufficiency. The Bible says, “All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be complete, thoroughly equipped for every good work” 2 Timothy 3: 16,17. The Bible was written by human penmen. It is not, except for the Ten Commandments, the very words of God, but it is the thoughts of God expressed through human agents. Different agents may use different expressions and different words, but every sentiment and thought is as infallible as the throne of God. There may indeed be inadvertent mistakes in copies, translations, or even the recording of certain details. Matthew records that there were two demoniacs and Mark mentions one, but these are not areas that should trouble the mind. God knew how to give the Word and He knows how to preserve it, and any criticism of the Word is criticism of God Himself. “Some . . . say, ‘Don’t you think there might have been some mistake in the copyist or in the translators? ‘ This is all probable, and the mind that is so narrow that it will hesitate and stumble over this possibility or probability would be just as ready to stumble over the mysteries of the Inspired Word, because their feeble minds cannot see through the purposes of God. . . . All the mistakes will not cause trouble to one soul, or cause any feet to stumble, that would not manufacture difficulties from the plainest revealed truth.

“God committed the preparation of His divinely inspired Word to finite men. This Word, arranged into books, the Old and New Testaments, is the guidebook to the inhabitants of a fallen world, bequeathed to them that, by studying and obeying the directions, not one soul would lose its way to heaven” Selected Messages book 1, 16.

Jesus summarized this principle best when He said that “man shall . . . live . . . by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God” Matthew 4: 4. God does not want us to have a refined, malnourished spiritual diet. Every word of the inspired account is important for total spiritual health.

Second Rule of Study

2. We must be humble and teachable. Jesus said, “I thank You, Father, Lord of heaven and earth, that You have hidden these things from the wise and prudent and have revealed them to babes” Matthew 11: 25.

We should remember, however, that the Bible was written by common people (filled with the Holy Spirit) for common people. It was not written in a sloppy way. God chose intelligent people to write the Bible and they weighed and considered every word that they used. But, nevertheless, they used the language and expressions of the common society around them. Paul said, “And I, brethren, when I came to you, did not come with excellence of speech or of wisdom declaring to you the testimony of God. . . . And my speech and my preaching were not with persuasive words of human wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power, that your faith should not be in the wisdom of men but in the power of God” 1 Corinthians 2: 1– 5.

For this reason, it is more difficult for the educated person who trusts in his intelligence and who seeks to study the Bible as he would some technical scientific book, to understand the Bible, than it is for the common, humble person who sincerely and prayerfully dedicates himself to the understanding of the Scriptures. It is an interesting fact that most of the errors of theology, which have been many, have originated and been handed down through those who have a degree in theological study. Throughout history, theological study has more generally led away from the true understanding of the Word than helped in its understanding. Thus it was in the days of Jesus with the priestly scholars. Thus it was in the Dark Ages, and thus it is today.

“The Bible was not written for the scholar alone; on the contrary, it was designed for the common people” Steps to Christ, 89. We are to be careful and systematic Bible scholars, but it is only as we become humble in thought and teachable in spirit that we can truly understand the Word.

Third Rule of Study

3. We must compare scripture with scripture, letting the Bible explain itself. God asks the question of Himself: “Whom shall he teach knowledge? and whom shall he make to understand doctrine?” He answers that He will teach those “weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breasts.” In other words, those who are spiritually mature. And what does it mean to be spiritually mature? God answers that question in the next verse: “For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little” Isaiah 28: 9, 10.

Too many people find a passage from the Bible and begin to build a whole theology upon one statement. But in any language, words and sentences can be understood in many different ways, so who is going to be the interpreter of the Word: The scholar? The preacher? The Pope? The one who can articulate his ideas the best? No, the Bible must be the one that interprets itself. This is done by studying everything the Bible says on a given subject to make sure that we are not falsely interpreting it.

There are two great dangers in Christendom: Worldliness, on the one hand, and fanaticism on the other. Now, anyone can be called a fanatic, but true fanaticism is that which goes beyond God’s Word. If God says to keep one day a week holy, obedience does just what God says. Fanaticism says that if God says to keep one day, why not go beyond God’s request and keep two days, or every day, holy. Worldliness says it does not really matter; we do not need to keep any day holy, for God is not that particular.

If God says to keep a particular day holy, true obedience keeps the very day God said to keep. Worldliness says that any day will do, and fanaticism makes restrictions upon the day that God never intended.

God is looking for simple obedience from a heart of love. Should we try to work our way to heaven by going beyond God’s Word, it would be selfrighteousness and fanaticism. Should we decide that God is not important enough to be obeyed or does not mean what He says, and we do not need to be particular about His requirements, that would be disobedience and a lack of faith.

The true study of God’s Word protects us from sinful worldliness, as well as false conservativism and fanaticism. Fanaticism is especially prevented by comparing scripture with scripture to make sure we are not misinterpreting the Word.

Nearly every false religion and religious idea is based upon some passage of scripture that someone has interpreted to suit their own ideas, rather than allowing the Bible to interpret itself. If certain passages of the Bible do not harmonize with our thinking, we are misinterpreting the Word. We should study, struggle, and pray, crucifying our pride and preconceived ideas, until our understanding of the Scriptures is supported by every passage and statement of the Bible. If we have to argue away certain portions of the Bible because they do not agree with us, it is not the Scriptures that are wrong, but our ideas. We may be able to find a text to “prove” our point, but if another text disproves our theory, we are misinterpreting the first text.

Forth Rule of Study

4. We should always pray for the aid of the Holy Spirit before studying the Scriptures. “But we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery,” Paul said. “[ For] no one knows the things of God except the Spirit of God. Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the Spirit who is from God, that we might know the things that have been freely given to us by God. These things we also speak, not in words which man’s wisdom teaches but which the Holy Spirit teaches, comparing spiritual things with spiritual. But the natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him; nor can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned” 1 Corinthians 2: 7– 14.

It is impossible for us to understand the Bible in our own wisdom. That is why the scholar who is full of self- importance and champions his degrees before the world will never arrive at the true understanding of the Word. We must humble our hearts and ask the Holy Spirit to guide our minds.

“Never should the Bible be studied without prayer. Before opening its pages, we should ask for the enlightenment of the Holy Spirit” Steps to Christ, 91. “Everyone must. . . search the Bible for himself upon his knees before God, with the humble, teachable heart of a child, if he would know what the Lord requires of him” Testimonies, vol. 5, 214.

Many have found that studying the Bible on their knees with prayer allows the Holy Spirit to guide them into a fuller understanding of the truth. After Bible study, we should ask the Lord to help us retain those thoughts we have learned and to obey its precepts.

Fifth Rule of Study

5. We must truly want to know the truth before we can know the truth. Remember, it is those who have been diligent students of the Scriptures and who have received the love of the truth who will be shielded from the delusions of Satan. 2 Thessalonians 2: 9– 11 says, “The coming of the lawless one is according to the working of Satan, with all power, signs, and lying wonders, and with all unrighteous deception among those who perish, because they did not receive the love of the truth, that they might be saved. And for this reason God will send them strong delusion, that they should believe the lie.”

We can pray all we want to, we can supposedly humble our hearts all we want to, and search the Scriptures all we want to, like the scribes and Pharisees did in the days of Jesus, but unless we really want to know what the truth is, we will never find it. But if we will sincerely and earnestly pray for this love of truth, God will give it to us.

Any time we want to find an argument against a truth of the Bible, God will let us find it. He does not want to “prove” something to us against our will. That is why it is very dangerous to try to find arguments against some truth the Holy Spirit has impressed upon our hearts from our study or hearing of the Word, because we will find the arguments we want every time— but we will still be lost! Of course, we are not to accept any teaching blindly. We are to study to find out whether what we have learned, or what we have heard, is actually what the Bible is teaching. The principle is that we must honestly search for the truth— not for an excuse not to believe the truth.

No one who has an argumentive spirit can be taught truth unless they are willing to humble themselves. Jesus said, “Except ye be converted and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven” Matthew 18: 3.

We are to approach the Word of God in a totally different attitude than the way we approach the teachings of man. In studying the words and works of men, we should have a highly discriminating attitude, not being unwilling to learn, but being careful to see that what is being said is true according to the whole Word of God. God may have rich truths to share with us through some human instrumentality. We do not want to be found rejecting this truth, but we must approach the words and works of men in a different way than we approach God’s Word. When we hear a sermon in church, we should listen with a degree of reserve, not criticizing the human agent himself, but listening and studying to see whether what he is saying is based upon all Scripture. I do not want to base my salvation upon the integrity of any human being.

While we should gain all the benefit possible from sermons and religious material truly based upon the whole Word, we need to remember the warning of Jesus to “beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadducees” Matthew 16: 11. The Pharisees and Sadducees were the preachers and religious leaders of the day, and the leaven represented their teaching (Matthew 16: 12). Millions of people will be lost because they listened to their preachers and teachers without carefully comparing their messages with the Bible.

But this attitude of reserve is just the opposite of the way we should approach the Bible. When we read the inspired Word of God, we let down our guard and open our minds to be instructed, completely and unreservedly. We must approach this Word as a little child. When the mother or father says to the little toddler, “Ball. Ball. This is a ball.” The little one tries to answer, “Ball.” He believes that the round object is a ball because his parents told him it was. He does not question the truthfulness of the parents at all, but believes them 100%. That is the way the truth is learned from the Bible. We believe it simply because God says it.

It is our own ideas and structured thought that we must question and hold in suspicion, not the Word of God. We must accept the teachings and sentiments of the Word of God without question. This is faith. God gives us ample evidence that He is true and trustworthy, and because of that, we believe what He says. The Bible says, “Without faith it is impossible to please Him” Hebrews 11: 6.

Sixth Rule of Study

6. We must search the Scriptures. Jeremiah 29: 13 says, “You will seek Me and find Me, when you search for Me with all your heart.”

Jesus likened the kingdom of heaven to “a merchant seeking beautiful pearls, who, when he had found one pearl of great price, went and sold all that he had and bought it” Matthew 13: 45, 46. We must search for truth. That is one of the requirements God has laid down in His Word for finding truth. We can have all the good intentions in the world, but if we never discipline ourselves to actually sit down and start searching, we will never arrive at a knowledge of the truth.

“Desires for goodness and holiness are right as far as they go; but if you stop here, they will avail nothing. Many will be lost while hoping and desiring to be Christians” Steps to Christ, 47, 48. Many people are planning and hoping to be saved, but they never come to the point of actually spending that time in the Word.

Seventh Rule of Study

7. We must live up to all the light we already have before God will teach us more. John 8: 31, 32 says, “If you abide in My word, you are My disciples indeed. And you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.”

One time the disciples came to Jesus and asked Him why He taught in parables (Matthew 13: 10). “After all,” they might have reasoned, “these parables can be understood in different ways. Some can interpret them one way and others another way. Pretty soon there will be many different churches, ‘all teaching different things, and many different preachers, all preaching different things. So why do You not just teach the Word plainly, instead of giving parables?”

Jesus said, “Because it has been given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but to them it has not been given” Matthew 13:11. “I do not intend everyone to understand what I am saying,” was Jesus’ response. The only ones who could understand what Jesus was saying were those living up to all the light they already had. They could understand. “For whoever has [is living up to the light he has], to him more will be given, and he will have abundance; but whoever does not have [is not living up to the light he has], even what he has will be taken away from him” Matthew 13:12.

Jesus is not trying to simply satisfy curiosity. If we are not living up to the truth we already know, there is no reason for God to reveal more truth to us, because however much more truth God could reveal to us, we would still be lost for not practicing what we already know.

I remember studying with a lady who was learning truth, step by step, from the Bible. One day she read something in the Bible she could not understand (or did not want to understand). Because she would not accept that point of truth, she soon became confused on every other point of Bible teaching that she had been learning.

I told her, if she truly did not understand one point of truth, to follow every point of truth she did understand. If she would follow what she did understand, God would also make plain what she did not understand. But she did not want to do that. If she could not understand every point, she would not follow anything the Bible said! Of course, God could not lead her anymore until she once again lived up to the light she did know and understand.

God has never promised to take away every cause of doubt concerning truth. He will give us evidence upon which to believe, and if we will step out on the best evidence we have from the Bible, always searching for more and clearer light, God will lead us each step of the way.

The way to heaven is likened to a path, and the truth of the Bible is like a flashlight on a dark night. “We also have the prophetic word. . . .which you do well to heed as a light that shines in a dark place” 2 Peter 1: 19. David says, “Your word is a lamp to my feet and a light to my path” Psalm 119: 105. A flashlight only shines farther ahead as we walk in the light it already shines upon our pathway. If we stand on a path on a dark night with a flashlight in our hand, refusing to go forward until we can see farther than what the flashlight is illuminating, we will never go forward. The batteries, in fact, will get weaker, until the light goes out entirely. But if we will walk forward on the part of the path that is revealed, the light will also shine farther ahead on our pathway, until we safely arrive at our destination. Thus it is with the Bible.

I have determined to study no further than what I can practice or faster than what I can change. When I find something in God’s Word that tells me about things I am not doing or condemns what I am doing, I want to first compare scripture with scripture to make sure that I understand what it is really saying. Then I must put it into practice. At that point, after deciding to change my life to conform to God’s Word, I am ready for the next passage or verse. There is no reason to read one more verse other than the one that is pointing out my sin, until I put that first verse into practice.

Yet God does not intend for us to remain on a particular verse or passage forever. He intends us to simply put into practice what we learn, and then to keep on learning and practicing. If we simply read and read, as though we were reading a newspaper, without making any changes in our life, we are worse off after reading than we were before! Jesus talked about two groups of hearers of the Word— those who hear the Bible and do what it says, whom He likened to those who build their house upon a rock; and those who hear but do not obey, whom He likened to those who build their house upon the sand (Matthew 7: 24— 27).

It is a great privilege to know the truth. It took the death of God’s dear Son in order for us to have it. But, with the privilege comes responsibility. If we learn the truth and do not practice it, we are worse off than if we had never heard the truth; but that is no reason not to learn the truth, for we are lost then, too. When we learn the truth and do not practice it, our hearts become hardened and we become hopelessly deceived, as were the religious people in the days of Jesus. James said to be “doers of the word and not hearers only, deceiving yourselves” James 1: 22.

Memorization

There is one more principle of studying the Bible, and that is to commit to memory as much of it as possible. David said, “Your word have I hidden in my heart that I might not sin against You” Psalm 119: 11. When we are tempted, we may not have time to use the concordance in order to find a verse to help us overcome the temptation. We need the Word in our minds.

I have found that as I have spent time in meditating on and memorizing the Word, God reveals more and more of its meaning to me. By just memorizing a few verses a day I have been able to commit many books of both the Old and New Testaments to memory.

“Keep your Bible with you. As you have the opportunity, read it; fix the texts in your memory. Even while you are walking the streets you may read a passage and meditate upon it, thus fixing it in the mind” Steps to Christ, 90.

I try to get some exercise several times a week. During this time I do two things— I exercise the muscles and I memorize Scripture. I photocopy portions of the Bible so that as I am running or taking a brisk walk I can carry this in my hand and look down now and then to memorize a new verse. When I am working in the garden I can look at a text now and then and then repeat it to myself until it is etched into my memory. If the weather is inclement and I am riding our exercise bicycle, I put the paper on the reading stand in front of me. If a person memorized just one verse a day and then repeated those he had memorized over the last several days, he could memorize the whole New Testament in just a little over ten years! Certainly, therefore, many who have been Christians for over ten years, should have thus memorized the equivalent of the New Testament!

I find memorizing a very slow process. Some people can memorize quickly, but I have to repeat things many times before I remember them, and then I have to go over the same text day after day before it stays in my memory. Yet, though I do not memorize quickly, I find that if I do it consistently, over the years much can be learned.

At Steps to Life we try to encourage people in their memorization of the Bible by sending out monthly “Memory Gem” cards with Bible texts on them. Housewives put them on the window above their kitchen sink or on the wall beside the ironing board. The working person puts it on the dashboard of his car so he can memorize it while he is driving to work— when he comes to a stoplight he can look over the verse again and then repeat it as he is driving down the road. Mechanics put them on their tool boxes; school children paste them to their desks. Farmers paste them on the dash of their tractors. If you would like to start receiving the free monthly Memory Gem, just write to Steps to Life and let us know where to send it.

If we will but use the fragments of time that are passing into eternity, unused and wasted, we will be able to memorize large portions of the Bible. As I have ridden in subways and planes, waited in offices and seen factory workers after completing their lunch waiting for the work whistle to sound, I have seen people just sitting, staring into space, wasting time that they will never have again. Thus the moments tick away into eternity, unused and unaccounted for. If, when a person is sitting and waiting for someone to make an appointment, he can pull out a Memory Gem card and repeat the verses written on it, thus using his time profitably, the Lord will bless. There is nothing more fertile for Satan’s temptations than an empty mind and wasted hours.

It is best to begin memorizing as a child. We started teaching our children memory texts as soon as they could talk. Parents have told me how even their two year old, who could hardly talk, had learned certain passages of the Bible. Every child should learn the Ten Commandments, Psalm 23, the Beatitudes, and 1 Corinthians 13.

Which version of the Bible?

Now the question comes, what version should I read? This is a subject that can cause a lot of discussion, and sometimes more heat than light. There are, however, some versions which seem to be better, even much better, than others.

To start with, there are two basic versions of the New Testament that have been handed down to us in the original Greek language. One is called the Received Text, and there are thousands of remnants of these Greek manuscripts. The other version is the Egyptian Text. This latter version is also called the Alexandrian Text, as that was the city in Egypt from which these manuscripts came. There are not very many of the Egyptian texts, compared to the Received texts, but they are much older. The two most prominent Egyptian manuscripts are the Vaticanus and the Sinaiticus. These texts are quite different from the Received texts. The Received texts are nearly 100% consistent, but in the few texts that originated in Egypt we found many differences and omissions, not only as compared to the Received texts, but even between themselves.

The King James Version is based upon the Received Text. Many conservative Bible scholars believe that this is the text that came from the original writings of the apostles, and that portions of the Egyptian Text were changed by the Christian leaders there, such as Clement and Origen. Egypt was one of the first places to start mixing Christianity with pagan philosophies. These leading Christian scholars of Egypt, though calling themselves Christian, did not agree with the teachings of the New Testament in every detail. They began the process that came to be called the “Hellenization” of Christianity. That means they tried to bring the pagan ideas of Greece into Christianity. They, for example, along with the Christians in Rome, began to keep a different day of worship than the one Jesus kept. They began to keep the day the Greeks had kept in. honor of their sun god.

Most of the Received texts are from Syria. Since Egypt is much drier than Syria, the Egyptian texts have survived much longer than the older Received texts. Some have also surmised that the Egyptian texts were so inferior that they were not used much, whereas the Received texts became worn out with use. When one manuscript wore out, it was faithfully copied to a new manuscript and the old one was destroyed by fire.

Though the Received texts that have survived are not as old as the Egyptian texts, it is of interest to note that the Bible quotations found in the early church fathers (leaders of the Christian church in the first few centuries after the Bible was written) generally agreed with the wording of the Received Text, showing that this version of the Greek New Testament is as old as the one from Egypt. The Latin Vulgate, as well as Catholic Bibles, are based upon texts similar to the Egyptian texts. That has been one of the differences between the Catholic Bibles and the Protestant Bibles. The King James Bible was based upon the Received Text.

The Received texts were the accepted New Testament manuscripts for all Protestants until the later half of the 19th century when two Oxford scholars by the names of Westcott and Hort began attacking the Received Text. They claimed that the Egyptian texts, being older, were more accurate than the Received texts. They said that though the Egyptian texts had many mistakes, it was because the disciples were not very well educated and the omissions and various things found in these Egyptian texts were probably as the disciples wrote them. They hypothesized that someone must have come along and smoothed the texts up, and that “smoothed- up” text then became the Received Text. Their biggest proof was that the Egyptian texts were older than the Received texts. They never produced the proof of their hypothesis, but it was believed by many scholars. Westcott and Hort made such an impression upon the academic community that most new English versions of the Bible since that time have used the Egyptian Text as the basis for the New Testament rather than the Received Text. There is no such thing as an “original” New Testament, but I agree with the early church fathers in their use of the Received Text. This was the text that most early Christians used, as is evident by its prevalence. One new version that uses the Received Text is the New King James Version.

The translation process A second item that makes for a good version, versus one that is not as good, is the method of translation. Some versions try to stick very closely to the original while others take great liberties in changing the structure and order of the thought content when translating to another language. The King James was a fairly literal translation. Some of the newer versions, such as the New International Version, have beautiful flowing English, but one of the reasons for that is that they have made English more important than a strict rendition of the text.

There are roughly three categories of translations:

First, the fairly literal translations, such as the King James Version, the New King James Version, the New American Standard Bible, and the Revised Standard Version. Second, the translations that took quite a few liberties with the wording of the original, such as the New International Version, Today’s English Version, and the New English Bible. And third, those Bibles that are acknowledged paraphrases that simply rewrote the Bible in modern English, such as the Living Bible. The New International Version takes many liberties in translating the original into English, both in sentence structure and the translation of words. Of the above versions, only the King James and the New King James are based upon the Received Text.

Over the years I have read several modern versions through, usually comparing them with the original Greek and Hebrew, and have always gone back to the King James Version as being my favorite because of the accuracy. I have recently learned to enjoy the New King James Version also. There are still some areas where the King James is superior to the New King James, but surprisingly enough, there are also some important texts which the New King James translates much more literally and accurately than the King James. For those who are interested in comparing these two versions, see the appendix. I have found these two versions the most accurate of all the versions I have compared.

The truth can always be found

Even with the most literal and best versions, there are still a few mistakes. There is no certainty that there are not mistakes even in the Greek manuscripts used to translate from. One author says that “God.., especially guarded the Bible; yet when copies of it were few, learned men had in some instances changed the words, thinking that they were making it more plain, when in reality they were mystifying that which was plain, by causing it to lean to their established views, which were governed by tradition” Early Writings, 220, 221.

Although some may point out flaws, in the best versions and manuscripts these flaws are really very few— God has kept His hand over His word and has not allowed any discrepancies to come in that would cause the honest in heart to be lost. God has promised that if we will compare scripture with scripture, humbly asking for divine guidance, He will guide us into truth. We may have to search for it as for a hidden treasure, but the search is worth the effort. His promise is, “You will seek Me and find Me, when you search for Me with all your heart” Jeremiah 29: 13.

Choose the best version. But more important than the version you choose, is the fact that you do read.

What are your priorities?

We must each know the truth for ourselves. We must take advantage of the blessings the Lord has given to us. During the Middle Ages, millions of faithful Christians, such as the Waldenses, gave their lives in order to preserve the Word for our salvation. During those dark days, the Bible was outlawed and people were burned at the stake if found with a copy of it.

Today the Bible sits on nearly every Christian’s bookshelf— dusty and unopened. Satan is succeeding more today by simply keeping us busy, than he did during the Dark Ages when the Bible was outlawed!

If a person spends three or four hours a day with television, he is considered normal. If he spends an hour a day with the newspaper, he is considered informed. If he spends several hours a day studying for a law or medical degree, he is considered educated. If, however, he spends even an hour a day studying the Word of God in preparation for eternity, he is considered odd or peculiar. How strange! Jesus said: “For what is a man profited if he gains the whole world, and loses his own soul?” Matthew 16: 26.

It is by beholding that we become changed. Some have estimated that the average teenager in America has seen 15,000 murders on television, in addition to rapes, lying, cheating, violence and every other kind of evil, by the time he enters high school. If some school teacher should assign a student to watch 15,000 people being murdered, every parent in the land would be appalled, but that is how much the parents themselves have allowed their children to see, hour by hour, day by day. People have devoted their time to the things of this earth and then they wonder why their minds are so polluted with evil and why the things of eternity hold so little interest. The true Christian must become as devoted to the Word of God as the worldling is to television, for it is by beholding that we become changed. What we let our minds feed upon is what our characters will become like. I am convinced that anyone who is spending more time with television or the printed word from the world than they are with God’s Word, is going to gradually become more like the world than like God. In fact, if we are reading and watching fiction, short stories and novels, which is the basis of the movie industry, we will not be able to appreciate the Bible.

Wise counsel from an old journal

The following was written before the age of television and videos, but its counsel equally applies to these mediums of communication also (hence the brackets). I am sharing this article with you because of the profound impression it made on my mind when I was young. It was partially because of this article I chose not to watch movies and serials on television— I didn’t’t want my mind affected by them:

“The powers of endurance, and the strength and activity of the brain, are lessened or increased by the way in which they are employed. The mind should be so disciplined that all its powers will be symmetrically developed.

“Many youth are eager for books. They desire to read everything that they can obtain. Let them take heed what they read as well as what they hear. . . .They are in the greatest danger of being corrupted by improper reading [and television viewing]. Satan has a thousand ways of unsettling the minds of youth. They can not safely be off guard for a moment. They must set a watch upon their minds, that they may not be allured by the enemy’s temptations.

“Satan knows that to a great degree the mind is affected by that upon which it feeds. He is seeking to lead both the youth and those of mature age to read story- books, tales, and other literature [or to view such drama]. The readers of such literature become unfitted for the duties lying before them. They live an unreal life, and have no desire to search the Scriptures, to feed upon the heavenly manna. The mind that needs strengthening is enfeebled, and loses its power to study the great truths that relate to the mission and work of Christ,— truths that would fortify the mind, awaken the imagination, and kindle a strong, earnest desire to overcome as Christ overcame.

“Could a large share of the books published [and movies produced] be consumed, a plague would be stayed that is doing a fearful work upon mind and heart. Love stories, frivolous and exciting tales, and even that class of books [and movies] called religious novels,— books in which the author attaches to his story a moral lesson,— are a curse to the readers. Religious sentiments may be woven all through a storybook, but, in most cases, Satan is but clothed in angel- robes, the more effectively to deceive and allure. None are so confirmed in right principles, none so secure from temptation, that they are safe in reading these stories.

“The readers [and viewers] of fiction are indulging an evil that destroys spirituality, eclipsing the beauty of the sacred page. It creates an unhealthy excitement, fevers the imagination, unfits the mind for usefulness, weans the soul from prayer, and disqualifies it for any spiritual exercise.

“God has endowed many of our youth with superior capabilities; but too often they have enervated their powers, confused and enfeebled their minds, so that for years they have made no growth in grace or in a knowledge of the reasons of our faith, because of their unwise choice of reading. Those who are looking for the Lord soon to come, looking for that wondrous change, when ‘this corruptible shall put on incorruption, ‘ should in this probationary time be standing upon a higher plane of action.

“My dear young friends, question your own experience as to the influence of exciting stories. Can you, after such reading [or television viewing], open the Bible and read with interest the words of life? Do you not find the Book of God uninteresting? The charm of that love story is upon the mind, destroying its healthy tone, and making it impossible for you to fix the attention upon the important, solemn truths that concern your eternal welfare.

“The nature of one’s religious experience is revealed by the character of the books he chooses to read [and movies or pictures he chooses to view] in his leisure moments. In order to have a healthy tone of mind and sound religious principles, the youth must live in communion with God through his word. Pointing out the way of salvation through Christ, the Bible is our guide to a higher, better life. It contains the most interesting and the most instructive history and biography that were ever written. Those whose imagination has not become perverted by the reading of fiction will find the Bible the most interesting of books.

“Resolutely discard all trashy reading [and television viewing]. It will not strengthen your spirituality, but will introduce into the mind sentiments that pervert the imagination, causing you to think less of Jesus and to dwell less upon his precious lessons. Keep the mind free from everything that would lead it in a wrong direction.

Do not encumber it with trashy stories, which impart no strength to the mental powers. The thoughts are of the same character as the food provided for the mind.

“The Bible is the book of books. If you love the word of God, searching it as you have opportunity, that you may come into possession of its rich treasures, and be thoroughly furnished unto all good works, then you may be assured that Jesus is drawing you to himself. But to read the Scripture in a casual way, without seeking to comprehend Christ’s lesson that you may comply with his requirements, is not enough. There are treasures in the word of God that can be discovered only by sinking the shaft deep into the mine of truth.

“The carnal mind rejects the truth; but the soul that is converted undergoes a marvelous change. The book that before was unattractive because it revealed truths which testified against the sinner, now becomes the food of the soul, the joy and consolation of the life. The Sun of righteousness illuminates the sacred pages, and the Holy Spirit speaks through them to the soul. To those who love Christ the Bible is as the garden of God. Its promises are as grateful to the heart as the fragrance of flowers is to the senses.

“Let all who have cultivated a love for light reading, now turn their attention to the sure word of prophecy. Take your Bibles, and begin to study with fresh interest the sacred records of the Old and New Testaments. The oftener and more diligently you study the Bible, the more beautiful will it appear, and the less relish you will have for light reading. Bind this precious volume to your hearts. It will be to you a friend and guide” The Youth‘ s Instructor, 10/ 9/ 02.

No short cuts

Thus fiction, short stories, novels and movies will destroy one’s interest for the Bible. Cannot most people vouch for the truth of this principle? That is why the Bible says: “Whatever things are true, whatever things are noble, whatever things are just, whatever things are pure, whatever things are lovely, whatever things are of good report, there is any virtue and if there is anything praiseworthy— meditate on these things” Philippians 4: 8.

Though the movie industry does not meet this divine standard, we can learn something from those watching the movies— if a person buys a movie video that is an hour long, he sits for the full hour to watch the movie. He does not put the player on fast forward and say, “I finished that movie in ten minutes— I have done my duty for the day!”

So it is with the Bible. What we need to do is to set aside time for the Bible, like the person does who watches a movie. People will spend two, three or four hours a day watching television. Some surveys say the average person watches five hours of television a day! But if someone reads even an hour a day from the Bible, they think they have made some great accomplishment. I have found that an hour a day is the minimum amount of time that needs to be spent with the Bible.

As with eating, there needs to be a set time and place for daily Bible study. It should be when the mind is fresh and it should be a part of the daily routine of life. In the evening, a person needs to plan to get to sleep early enough so that he can get up with a fresh mind to start the day with Bible study and prayer. But do not simply roll over in bed and start reading. Our first thought of the day should be thanksgiving for a loving and benevolent God, and we should begin the day by kneeling and thanking the Lord for His goodness and committing our day to Him.

Then we need to get up! Make sure you are wide awake. You might drink some water and step outside for some deep breaths of fresh air so that your mind will be clear and fresh. Then sit down at a desk or in a chair with your Bible and concordance, for some serious study.

I have found that a season of prayer must precede the hour of Bible study in order to get the most out of the Bible. “Never should the Bible be studied without prayer. Before opening its pages we should ask for the enlightenment of the Holy Spirit, and it will be given” Steps to Christ, 91. A half- hour of prayer, followed by an hour of Bible study, is a profitable system.

How can anyone not read?

The other day I was visiting the Cowboy Hall of Fame Museum with my son. There were cowboys and cowgirls of every description, education and background. When we were done I asked my son what they all had in common. He could not think of a thing, so I finally told him: “They are all dead!”

All the great people of history who have ever lived on planet earth have died. It is only us who are still alive, but the end is coming for us also. Furthermore, from reading the Bible many people believe that Jesus is coming again very soon. So whether Jesus comes, or whether we die, life as we have known it is soon to end. Then what?

Have you really investigated the future from a reliable source? The only reliable source in the world on this score is the Bible. It not only tells you about the future, but how to prepare for the it. Just leaving your future to chance means that you have chosen to be lost.

Jesus said: “Most assuredly, I say to you, unless one is born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God” John 3: 3. Again He says: “For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him should not perish but have everlasting life” John 3: 16.

That is the invitation God holds for you today. It is more important than anything else in this life. “For all that is in the world— the lust of the flesh, the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life—. . . is passing away . . . but he who does the will of God abides forever” 1 John 2: 16, 17.

God is inviting you to become better acquainted with Him— today-— through the consistent study of His Word. He invites you because He loves you. Why not accept His invitation? It could mean the difference forever!

Appendix

The KJV and the NKJV

I have tried many versions over the years, but found none as reliable as the King James Version. Furthermore, all the newer versions used the Egyptian Text, which I was not comfortable with. There was only one drawback to the KJV and that was the outdated English, but that was a minor inconvenience compared to the reliability of the text.

But with daily memorization, I found my mind adapting to the KJV in certain areas of grammar that are no longer correct, such as ‘‘ an” rather than ‘‘ a” before words beginning with “h.” Therefore, when memorizing, I began to correct its archaic usages, changing comes

for cometh, and a house for an house, etc. When the New King James Version came out, I looked forward to an update of the KJV— the same Bible with modern English.

It was not quite what I expected. It was a whole new version, rather than simply a grammatical correction, but it was called the “New King James” because they used the same manuscripts and principles of translation as the KJV and tried to change the text as little as possible from the KJV. It was a major work that took many years. Each translator signed a document that he believed in verbal inspiration. They, therefore, tried to stick to the literal rendition of the text.

I found some areas in the NKJV that I felt were not as clear or accurate as the KJV, but I found some I felt were better. Some people have used the KJV as the standard of comparison for the NKJV. No version will ever be as good as another if the other is used as the standard, but if the Greek is used as the standard, they compare favorably. I have found both to be reliable, honest translations from what I consider the best manuscripts. I have found memorization faster from the modern English of the NKJV, and evangelism more effective. Therefore, I now use both.

The NKJV and the KJV are the only versions that italicize supplied words that are not in the original. Every translation must supply some implied words, but only these two versions tell you which words they are. The NKJV is the only version translated from the Received Text that puts the alternate readings for the Egyptian Text in the margin. Thus, if someone else is using another modem version, you will know what their Bible says. Like other new versions, the NKJV uses quotation marks and gives the references for Old Testament quotes found in the New Testament. I also like the way it puts Hebrew prose into poetic form.

Here are some of the differences between the KJV and the NKJV that have concerned people:

Hebrews 9: 12: “Neither by the blood of goats and calves, but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place, having obtained eternal redemption for us” (KJV).

After Jesus’ death, He entered the heavenly sanctuary, which, like its earthly pattern (Hebrews 8: 1- 5), has two parts— the first apartment and the second (Hebrews 9: 1- 5). Many Bible students, including myself, understand prophecy to teach that Jesus began His work in the first apartment (sometimes called the Holy Place) until He began His work of investigative judgment preparatory to His second coming (Daniel 7: 9, 10; Rev. 14: 6, 7).

The NKJV, however, says that Jesus entered the “Most Holy Place,” which would seem to indicate the second apartment of the sanctuary.

However, Hebrews 9: 11, 12, in context, is not talking about the two apartments of the sanctuary at all, but about two sanctuaries— the old covenant sanctuary on earth versus the new covenant sanctuary in heaven where God’s throne is. The sanctuary on earth was holy, but Jesus entered the one in heaven which was even more holy.

Neither translation need cause a great concern if studied in context, but the KJV is thought by many to be less confusing because the NKJV inserts the word “Most.” Actually, the original here is ta Hagia, which means holy places (plural), so neither version in this case is 100% literal.

2 Peter 2: 9: “The Lord knoweth how to deliver the godly out of temptations, and to reserve the unjust unto the day of judgment to be punished” (KJV).

The New King James translates this as “reserve the unjust under punishment.” The word in question here is from the Greek word eis, which means “to” or in.” The KJV is correct.

Jesus said: “The Son of Man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels, and then He will reward each according to his works” Matthew 16: 27 (NKJV). Here Jesus says that it is when He comes in glory, with His holy angels, that He will reward each according to his works. Jesus said: “For the hour is coming in which all who are in the graves will hear His voice and come forth— those who have done good, to the resurrection of life, and those who have done evil, to the resurrection of condemnation” John 5: 28, 29 (NKJV).

The NKJV implies that the wicked are already being punished, whereas the more exact translation of the KJV implies that the wicked are awaiting punishment.

Psalm 16: 10: “For thou wilt not leave my soul in hell; neither wilt thou suffer thine Holy One to see corruption” (KJV).

The Hebrew word here translated as “hell” is sheol, which literally means the “unseen state.” It was the common word for grave. The same is true for the New Testament word, hades. In nearly 30 places, the KJV incorrectly translates these words as “hell,” thus stating that people, including Jesus Himself, go directly to hell when they die. The NKJV leaves the original word: sheol, and hades, respectively. 2 Thessalonians 2: 7– 9: “For the mystery of lawlessness is already at work; only He who now restrains will do so until He is taken out of the way. And then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord will consume with the breath of His mouth and destroy with the brightness of His coming” (NKJV).

Here Paul describes the Beast power that is to come upon the world. His main description, or mark, is that he is the “lawless one. “ “Lawless” is the exact translation of a very common Greek word, anomian. The KJV translated this word correctly in 1 John 3: 4, but for some reason uses a very generic, and incorrect translation both in 2 Thessalonians 2 and in Matthew 7: 21– 23, where it translates the word as “iniquity.” Iniquity is unspecific. The Beast power is not simply a “bad” power, but one which will seek to change God’s law (Daniel 7: 25). God’s followers are those who keep His law (Revelation 12: 17; 14: 12). The Beast’s followers are “lawless,” like the Beast himself (Matthew 7: 23).

I Corinthians 1: 18: “For the message of the cross is foolishness to those who are perishing, but to us who are being saved it is the power of God” (NKJV).

The KJV translates this as “us which are saved.” The NKJV correctly translates the verb tense here as an on- going process, whereas the KJV translates it as something that has already happened. When you stop and think about it, there is a lot of difference between these two thoughts.

Maybe I have been influenced by the way my favorite book, The Desire of Ages, selectively uses various versions, but I have come to appreciate conservative modern versions, too. There is no perfect version. If a person looks only for flaws, he will find them in any version. Some versions, however, are better than others. If you will choose the best you can find, and then compare scripture with scripture, with the aid of the Holy Spirit, God has promised to lead you to truth. Remember, “no prophecy of Scripture is of any private interpretation” 2 Peter 1: 20. We cannot put our own interpretation on any text— each text must be compared to all others.

So again, read the best version you can find. But do read! for it is God’s Word. That Word, hidden in our hearts, will give us power over sin.

For more Bible Study Resources by Topic see https://www.stepstolife.org/bible-study-resources-topic/

How to Keep the Sabbath

by Dr. John J. Grosboll

How to Keep the SabbathThe Blessings of Sabbath Keeping

I consider myself to be one of the most fortunate people in the world, because before I was born, both my father and my mother had learned, studied and believed, and were keeping the Sabbath. I know from personal experience what the Sabbath can do for a family. I know what it can do for a marriage. I know what it can do for children. I know what it can do for any Christian. And I hope, by the grace of God, that you can see from the Bible, as we study, the marvelous blessings that God wants to give to you through the Sabbath. Great blessings are in store for each one who keeps the Sabbath holy.

There was great joy when the Sabbath was instituted. In Job 38, God gave Job a science quiz. He said to Job, “Where were you when I laid the foundations of the earth? Who determined its measurements? Or who stretched the line upon it? To what were its foundations fastened? Or who laid its cornerstone?” God is referring here to the time when the Sabbath was instituted. Notice verse 7: “When the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God shouted for joy.” When the Sabbath was made, all the sons of God from the entire universe were looking on. The Bible says, “They shouted for joy.” This is one of the verses in the Bible that makes plain that there are many intelligences in the universe beside those in this world. Revelation also gives reference to the intelligences in other worlds: “Therefore rejoice, O heavens, and you who dwell in them!” (Revelation 12: 12). When you look up at the stars’ tonight, think of the many other intelligences living in different worlds. This world is the only one in God’s creation that has fallen, that has sinned. Right now, because of sin, we are quarantined from the rest of the universe. God has put a wall of separation between us so that we cannot go and visit unfallen worlds. But if you are a Christian, if you follow Jesus, the day is coming when you are going to be able to travel all over the universe and visit unfallen worlds. You will be able to visit with people who have been alive for thousands of years and who have never been disobedient. It will be exciting!

God’s Creative Power

At the conclusion of creation week, “God saw everything that He had made, and indeed it was very good. Thus the heavens and the earth, and all the host of them, were finished. And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had done, and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had done. Then God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, [that is He made it holy because in it He rested from all His work which God had created and made” (Genesis 1: 31, 2: 1- 3). God Himself marked the beginning of the first Sabbath. It came at the end of the first week of creation. The Bible does not teach that this world came into existence through long ages of time. It came into existence in seven days, through the literal creation of God. Psalm 33 tells how the world was created: “By the word of the Lord the heavens were made, and all the host of them by the breath of His mouth.” How did it happen? “For He spoke, and it was done; He commanded, and it stood fast” (verses 6, 9). That is the God we worship.

Jesus demonstrated that same creative power when He was here on earth. At the tomb of Lazarus when Jesus spoke, it did not take a long time for Lazarus to come back to life. Jesus lifted up His voice and said, “Lazarus, come forth” (John 11: 43). The Bible says that he who was dead, came forth.

I have tried to think through what had to happen when Lazarus was raised, what had to happen chemically, physically, and electrically when Jesus said, “Lazarus, come forth.” We each have approximately one trillion cells in our body. Each one of these cells has a spark of life, an electrical charge. The electrical charge changes in every one of these cells when a person dies. But when Jesus said, “Lazarus, come forth,” a trillion cells came to life. That same power was involved in the creation of the world, which the Sabbath commemorated.

Friend, the wonderful thing about the Christian religion is that it is a miracle religion. The Sabbath is a sign, first of all, that you worship God as the Creator. If there was ever a time when we needed a God who is a creator it is today because our world is marred by sin. Sin has fractured our relationships, not only with God but also with each other. People are living in broken homes with broken hearts and with broken relationships. If there ever was a time when the human family needed a Creator, one who can speak and change people’s lives, it is today. The Sabbath is a sign, a sign of relationship. It is a sign that you are worshiping God as the Creator. We will look at a few texts that speak of it as this sign.

All of the patriarchs kept the Sabbath— Adam, Noah, Abraham. The Bible specifically mentions in Genesis 26: 5 that Abraham kept God’s commandments. The Sabbath commandment begins with the word, “Remember. “The Lord did not institute the Sabbath at Sinai, rather it was a reminder of something established at creation. Thus the fourth commandment says: “Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy. Six days you shall labor and do all your work, but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord your God. In it you shall do no work; you, nor your son, nor your daughter, nor your male servant, nor your female servant, nor your cattle, nor your stranger who is within your gates. For in six days the Lord made the heavens and the earth, the sea, and all that is in them, and rested the seventh day. Therefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day and hallowed it.” “Remember.”

There is a time to work, but God has placed a limit on human work. When my grandparents, on my father’s side, immigrated to the United States from Denmark, they did not know about the Sabbath, though they were Christians. In Denmark they attended the Lutheran church. They loved the Lord and were trying to follow Him, but they did not know anything about the Sabbath. My grandfather was an ambitious man who settled in Illinois. I never knew him, but my father told me that my grandfather always worked “eight” days a week; and he expected the same of his children. That compulsion affects the family.

God knew that some of us would have a tendency to work all the time, because the more we work the more we gain and the more profit we make. God knew that we could never be happy if we spent all our lives working. He, therefore, placed a limit on work and said, there is some time that I want you not to work. You can do all of your work in six days, but on the seventh day you are not to do any work; you need to rest.

It was during the time when my grandparents were in Illinois that they first learned about the Sabbath. My grandfather fought it for a long time, but finally accepted it. He rested on the Sabbath instead of working at farming, or buying and selling cattle and coal.

I want to tell you, friends, the Sabbath can change homes. It can also change marriages. There are many people today who are married and have a home, but they never spend much time together. God did not ordain that sin should exist, but He foresaw its existence. He placed a check on the separation that selfishness would bring into families. In many families, the husband and father is gone from home all week. The Lord Himself placed a check on this separation and said, There is one day a week that you are not to be out doing your work, gaining your livelihood— you are to rest.

What are we to do on this day when we rest? In Exodus 31: 13- 18, we read,

“Speak also to the children of Israel, saying. ‘Surely My Sabbaths you shall keep, for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations, that you may know that I am the Lord who sanctifies you. You shall keep the Sabbath, therefore, for it is holy to you. Everyone who profanes it shall surely be put to death; for whoever does any work on it, that person shall be cut off from among his people. Work shall be done for six days, but the seventh is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord. Whoever does any work on the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Therefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations as a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel forever, for in six days the Lord made the heavens and the earth, and on the seventh day He rested and was refreshed. ‘And when He had made an end of speaking with him on Mount Sinai, He gave Moses two tablets of the Testimony, tablets of stone, written with the finger of God.”

The Sabbath is a sign of relationship. It is a sign that we worship God as the Creator. It is a sign that we honor His law and government. It is also a sign that God will sanctify and make us holy and obedient. In the book of Numbers we see some of the blessings that God has promised to those that keep the Sabbath. If we are keeping the Sabbath, we can claim this promise for ourselves, and it is one of the most wonderful promises that God has ever laid in record in His holy book.

“This is the way you shall bless the children of Israel. Say to them: ‘The Lord bless you and keep you; the Lord make His face shine upon you, and be gracious to you; the Lord lift up His countenance upon you, and give you peace.’ So they shall put My name on the children of Israel, and I will bless them. “That promise, friend, is only for Sabbathkeepers. Here is another promise that is given to those who keep the Sabbath. “The Lord will establish you as a holy people to Himself, just as He has sworn to you, if you keep the commandments of the Lord your God and walk in His ways. Then all peoples of the earth shall see that you are called by the name of the Lord, and they shall be afraid of you. And the Lord will grant you plenty of goods, in the fruit of your body, in the increase of your livestock, and in the produce of your ground, in the land of which the Lord swore to your fathers to give you. The Lord will open to you His good treasure, the heavens, to give the rain to your land in its season, and to bless all the work of your hand. You shall lend to many nations, but you shall not borrow. And the Lord will make you the head and not the tail; you shall be above only, and not be beneath, if you heed the commandments of the Lord your God, which I command you today, and are careful to observe them” (Deuteronomy 28: 9- 13). Isn’t that a wonderful promise? Of course, that promise is given on condition that we are obedient to God’s law.

In Psalm 95: 1-7, we find a call to worship on the Sabbath. “Oh come, let us sing to the Lord! Let us shout joyfully to the Rock of our salvation. Let us come before His presence with thanks giving; Let us shout joyfully to Him with psalms. For the Lord is the great God, and the great King above all gods. In His hand are the deep places of the earth; the heights of the hills are His also. The sea is His, for He made it; and His hand formed the dry land. Oh come, let us worship and bow down; Let us kneel before the Lord our Maker. For He is our God, and we are the people of His pasture, and the sheep of His hand.” (If you are interested, you can compare verses 7- 11 with Hebrews 3 and 4. The apostle Paul draws from this passage and teaches the meaning of the Sabbath in Hebrews.) Oh friend, if you keep the Sabbath, God is your Shepherd and you are the sheep of His pasture, He has promised to take care of you. Some of the most wonderful promises found in the Bible are given to those who keep the Sabbath.

The world has sought to tear the Sabbath from its place in God’s law. It has been replaced by a common working day placed there by the man of sin. A breach has been made in God’s law, as was foreseen in Bible prophecy. Daniel 7, 8 and 11 make it very clear that the Roman power made a breach in God’s law. The Bible also predicts that there will be some people in the last days who will repair this breach. “Those from among you shall build the old waste places; you shall raise up the foundations of many generations; and you shall be called the Repairer of the Breach, the Restorer of Streets to Dwell In” (Isaiah 58: 12). Who is going to be the repairer of the breach? “If you turn away your foot from the Sabbath, from doing your own pleasure on My holy day, and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy day of the Lord honorable, and shall honor Him, not doing your own ways, nor finding your own pleasure, nor speaking your own words, then you shall delight yourself in the Lord; and I will cause you to ride on the high hills of the earth, and feed you with the heritage of Jacob your father. The mouth of the Lord has spoken.” (verses 13- 14). Those who keep the Sabbath and call it a delight will be the repairers of the breach. God wants the Sabbath to be a delight to you and me. We can never get out of the Sabbath what He wants us to receive from it if we are trampling on it; if we are doing our own ways, finding our own pleasure, or speaking our own words.

We have a problem in our society today with not paying attention to each other. Sometimes we pay very little attention to the people who love us the most. Have you seen a home like that? Members of the family go on living their own lives— each one individually.

Sometimes we do that to the Lord. The Lord has said, “There is one day in seven I would like for you to spend with Me.” What happens when you spend time with the Lord? Do you know what the Bible says? Do you know where pleasure comes from? Do you know where happiness comes from? Do you know where joy comes from? Do you know where love comes from? “You will show me the path of life; in Your presence is fullness of joy” (Psalm 16: 11). Do you have joy in your life? The Bible says that in God’s presence there is “fullness of joy.” Look at the last part of verse 11: “At Your right hand are pleasures forevermore.” Would you like to have some of that joy in your life? Would like to have some of that pleasure in your life? Then you need to spend time with the Lord. There is fullness of joy in His presence.

Have you ever seen people, when they are courting, who go out on a date and start talking to a third person? They hardly talk to each other because of the third person. That can’t be the way to have a pleasurable evening. How do you think the Lord feels if, on the Sabbath, we talk about our own business and cares, and our own pleasures? If we do so we are not spending time with the Lord. This neglect is what Isaiah 58: 13 is speaking of. We need to honor God on the Sabbath by not doing our own way, because it is a special time to be with the Lord. If we spend this time with the Lord, we will receive from Him fullness of joy, and at His right hand there are pleasures forevermore.

The Sabbath is going to be the issue in the great conflict soon to take place in our world. God has set His seal upon His royal requirement. In the end of the world, the sign of obedience to God’s government will be whether or not a person keeps the Sabbath holy. The sign of rebellion, the mark of the beast, will be Sunday observance. The Bible predicted thousands of years ago that Sabbath-keeping will be the issue at the end of the world. We, therefore, need to know how to keep the Sabbath. There is great blessing and great joy involved in proper Sabbath observance.

Blessing for Home and Family

We would like to study how the Sabbath can be a blessing to your home and family. We have already studied one of the main principles, as listed in the fourth commandment. It is not to be a time for us to carry on our temporal work. That was a test for my grandfather when he first accepted the Sabbath. Oftentimes we men think that if we don’t work seven days a week, we will not be successful financially. We think that we will not be able to earn a living and support our family. We may lose our job because it requires Sabbath employment, and then we will go hungry. Surely, we will not be able to survive. The devil tells people that all of these things will happen if they begin to keep the Sabbath. Thus, the Sabbath is a test of faith. Do you know what Jesus said about it? “Therefore I say to you, do not worry about your life, what you will eat or what you will drink; nor about your body, what you will put on. Is not life more than food and the body more than clothing? Look a t the birds of the air, for they neither sow nor reap nor gather into barns; yet your heavenly Father feeds them. Are you not of more value than they? Which of you by worrying can add one cubit to his stature? So why do you worry about clothing? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they neither toil nor spin; and yet I say to you that even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. Now if God so clothes the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is thrown into the oven, will He not much more clothe you, 0 you of little faith? Therefore do not worry, saying, ‘What shall we eat?’ or ‘What shall we drink?’ or ‘What shall we wear?’ For after all these things the Gentiles seek. For your heavenly Father knows that you need all these things. But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things shall be added to you. “ (Matthew 6: 25- 33).

If you keep the Sabbath and put God first, you do not need to worry about your needs. God has promised to supply your every need. When my grandfather started keeping the Sabbath, he found this promise to be true. (God has not however, promised to supply all of your wants in this life. There are times when what we want might cause us to lose eternal life.)

Many people have lost their jobs because of keeping the Sabbath. My father was threaten with the loss of his job. We lived up north where in the winter, the Sabbath begins before five o’clock. His employer insisted that he work until five o’clock or lose his job. My father replied that he would have to lose his job if he had to work until five o’clock on Friday. My father did not know what would happen if he lost his job, but he decided that God’s requirements came first. It was more important to obey God than to have a job. My father knew that God had promised to supply the needs of those who honored Him, and He did. The Lord worked it out for my father to have the Sabbath hours off and keep his job, too. Friend, God has access, not only to the resources of this world, but also to all the resources of the universe, and more. God can create resources to supply your need if necessary. God fed millions of Israelite’s in the desert for forty years with Moses leading them. There were no gardens, no supermarkets, no stores, no orchards, no grain fields, no farms, nothing but desert, yet none of God’s people went hungry. When you decide to obey God and acknowledge the Creator by keeping the Sabbath, He promises to provide all your needs; and remember, God stands behind every promise that He has made. It is impossible for Him to lie (Hebrews 6: 18).

When does the Sabbath begin? “The evening and the morning were the first day” (Genesis 1: 5). “From evening to evening, you shall celebrate your sabbath” (Leviticus 23: 32, last part). When does the Bible say that the evening occurs? “At evening, when the sun ‘had set” (Mark 1: 32). When is evening? At sunset. You can keep the Sabbath even if you don’t have a watch. If you have any vision you can tell when it starts to get dark, and that is when the Sabbath begins. The idea that the day begins at midnight came from the pagan Roman Empire. It is a Roman idea, and is not biblical. The Sabbath begins at sunset on what we call Friday evening.

How do we get ready for the Sabbath? “Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy” (Exodus 20: 8). The only person who can keep the Sabbath holy is a person who is holy. We do not have holy flesh, but we can develop a holy character— a character that is in harmony with God’s law. If we break any part of God’s law we cannot keep the Sabbath holy. We can quit working, but we cannot keep the Sabbath holy. Thus a spiritual preparation is involved in getting ready for the Sabbath, for we cannot keep the Sabbath holy if we have any sin on our conscience.

A long time ago a man related to me this story about his mother, that on Friday evening before the sun set, their family made preparation for the Sabbath. Before the Sabbath began, his mother gathered her children together. She had some problems in her character development as we all do. Sometimes, she would say to them with tears in her eyes, “Children, as I review my life this past week, I realize there have been times when I have been impatient. The Sabbath is coming and I want to confess to you that I’ve been impatient and I’m sorry. I don’t want to be that way anymore.” At times when she was talking, the children would start to think of their own shortcomings, and they would realize the things that they had done that week that were not right. We cannot keep the Sabbath holy, friends, if we are not holy. All sin must be confessed before the sun goes down on Friday night.

In this family, as they gathered together, the children confessed to each other what they had done or said that was wrong. Then on their knees, they confessed to their heavenly Father. They asked for forgiveness for their sins, that their record might be made clean and white with the blood of Jesus. When the Sabbath began, all sin had been put away. Friend, you cannot keep the Sabbath holy if you are bearing a grudge against someone in your family, or if you have bitterness or hatred in your heart. If you have no love in your heart, you cannot keep the Sabbath holy. But if you have chosen to obey God, to do His will, and you say, “Lord, I’m choosing to follow You and to obey You— I’m confessing my sins,” there is One in heaven, friends, who will be your Advocate. “These things I write unto you,” John said, “that you sin not, and if any man sin we have an Advocate, Jesus Christ the righteous” (I John 2: 1). He will cleanse your record. He will forgive you and make it clean and then you will be able to keep the Sabbath holy. There are many homes today where, before another Sabbath begins, the family members need to get together and confess to each other. We need to confess what we have said that is wrong. Have we said something that is untrue? Have we said something that is unkind? Have we lost patience with one another? Friends, if we have, we need to confess it, asking the others in our family to forgive us and then asking our heavenly Father to forgive us also. “Confess your trespasses to one another, and pray for one another, that you may be healed. The effective, fervent prayer of a righteous man avails much” (James 5: 16).

In many of our families today healing is needed because hearts are broken and relationships are fractured. The Sabbath was given, friends, as a sign that God is our Sanctified, that He is going to re- create our lives and make us holy. It is when we are made holy that we become happy. I consider myself to be one of the most fortunate people in the world because I grew up in a home where my parents believed in really keeping the Sabbath— not just in form, but in reality. If my mother or father said something to the children that they felt was not right, they were not too proud to confess it. I want to tell you, when you do that before the Sabbath comes, it changes everything. We need to get on our knees and pray for each other that the Lord will heal. Friends, we need healing today. Everywhere I go in my travels, I find fractured relationships, bitterness and animosity, even in Christian homes. God wants to heal our homes and He wants to heal our hearts. The Sabbath is a sign that God is going to re- create in us that holiness and happiness that He first created in the human race.

That, to my understanding, is the most important preparation for the Sabbath. We must be sanctified. If we are going to keep the Sabbath holy, we must prepare for it by confessing our sins and praying for one another that we may be healed.

Friday, the sixth day of the week, is the special preparation day for the Sabbath. Let us read what the Bible says: “Then he said to them, ‘This is what the Lord has said: ‘Tomorrow is a Sabbath rest, a holy Sabbath to the Lord. Bake what you will bake today, and boil what you will boil; and lay up for yourselves all that remains, to be kept until morning’ ” (Exodus 16: 23). This preparation was commanded before God gave His law on Mount Sinai, and the children of Israel were already keeping the Sabbath. Friday is the day when we prepare for the Sabbath. Our food is to be prepared the day before, so that there is no need to spend all Sabbath cooking or preparing food. This requirement does not mean that we cannot eat warm food on the Sabbath. Food can be warmed up, but the Sabbath is not a day for cooking. Many men do not realize how important this counsel is. There are some men who are so fortunate that they never have to cook a meal. Their wives cook it for them. They, therefore, don’t realize what is involved in the preparation of a good meal. God not only placed a check on the amount of work that a man would have to do, but also on the amount of work that a woman would have to do. It is not His desire that any woman should have to spend the Sabbath cooking food. He said, Whatever you want to cook for the Sabbath, you should cook on Friday.

Sabbath, as we read in Psalm 95, is the day that God ordained that we should come into His presence for worship. This is an area where we are going to get into the “nitty-gritty.” If you had an appointment to talk to President Bush at 9: 30 in the morning, what kind of clothes would you wear? Would you wear the same clothes that you wore when you changed the oil in your car? Would you? Now, friends, is God any less important than the President of the United States? The President of the United States is a human being, a created being who was born and will die in this world unless the Lord comes before that time. When we come into God’s presence to worship, it is a special event. We should not wear the same clothes that we wear for our ordinary work during the week. We should have Sabbath clothing to be worn in attending God’s service. We should be neat and trim, pure within and without. In Testimonies for the Church, vol. 6, p. 355, we read,

“On Friday let the preparation for the Sabbath be completed. See that all the clothing is in readiness and that all cooking is done. Let the boots be blacked and the baths be taken. It is possible to do this. If you make it a rule you can do it. The Sabbath is not to be given to the repairing of garments, to the cooking of food, to pleasure seeking, or to any other worldly employment. Before the setting of the sun let all secular work be laid aside and all secular papers be put out of sight.”

The Lord knows what He is talking about. He knows that we will be distracted by all of our worldly business if it is in sight.
On this day, Friday, all differences between brethren, whether in the family or in the church, should be put away. Let all bitterness and wrath and malice be expelled from the soul before the Sabbath begins. The mind as well as the body should be withdrawn from worldly business. Oh friends, it means eternal salvation to keep the Sabbath holy. When we put away from ourselves all bitterness and malice and are reconciled to our brethren, either in the church or at home, we are coming into harmony with the God of creation. We are getting ready for that eternal home. Do you know, friend, in heaven there will be no strife, or bitterness or malice. There will be no hatred, animosity, or cold, hardhearted feelings. I want to go live there, don’t you? I want the joy and happiness of that place.

The Sabbath was given even to sinful man to remind us of what heaven is like and to encourage us to prepare to be ready for that place. That is why all malice, all sin, must be put away. We should examine our hearts, especially on Friday, to see whether there is anything that has come between us and our spouses. Is there any sin that is not made right? We need to pray for each other that we will be healed. The Lord says to those who keep the Sabbath holy.

“Therefore the Lord God of Israel says: ‘I said indeed that your house and the house of your father would walk before Me forever’; but now the Lord says: ‘Far be i t from Me; for those who honor Me I will honor, and those who despise Me shall be lightly esteemed“ (I Samuel 2: 30). This is a wonderful promise. Oh friend, if you are in trouble, if you have chosen to keep the Sabbath, you can claim this promise. I have claimed it, and I want to tell you God honors it. Have you ever been in trouble and had a problem in your home, in your marriage or with your children? Did you ever have a problem that seemed to be totally unworkable unless a miracle should happen? When it seemed that everything was going to be ruined, have you ever claimed this promise, “Those who honor Me, I will honor?” When you get into trouble that you can’t solve or answer and there is no one else who can, and you need divine power to come to your rescue and heal your life, the Lord says, “Those who honor Me, I will honor. “That promise is for the Sabbathkeepers.

The Sabbath was designed to be a family day, a time we spend with the Lord and with each other at home. I want to share in some detail how to begin and how to keep the Sabbath at home. Before the sun sets, we need to assemble in our homes and do three things. Of course, as I mentioned, if we have sinned, we need to confess to each other. But we need to do more than simply confess, we need to do three specific things. We are going to do these things, even in Heaven.

These three things are done in family worship. You need to begin the Sabbath with family worship. I have done this ever since I can remember.

  • Worship can be one of the happiest times in your family. I can still remember worships from when I was a child. There are three things you need to do during family worship. One, you need to read from God’s Word. Don’t spend an hour reading, especially if you have small children, but spend some time reading from God’s Word in family worship.
  • Second, you sing a song. If you are a Christian, if you are worshiping the Lord of glory, you should have something to sing about. Jesus sang when He was here on earth, and if you are a Christian, at the beginning of the Sabbath you should not only read from the Bible, but also sing. God’s children praised Him. That is a part of worship. It is helpful, of course, if some member in your family can play a musical instrument. My wife, son and daughter all like for me to play the piano when we have family worship so that we have accompaniment for our singing. I am not a professional pianist, but I can play the simple tunes or hymns.
  • Third, you need to pray. These are the three things you do to have family worship. You read from the Bible, you sing, and you pray.

On Friday night, do not go to bed late. Why? Because the Sabbath is a special day and you will want to get up early Sabbath morning. If you get up too late there will be confusion. There will be a hustle and bustle to get ready to go to church and you might become impatient. Go to bed at an early hour on Friday night, so that on Sabbath morning you can get up early. Thus you will not be in a hurry and not be tempted to become impatient, perhaps with someone who doesn’t finish breakfast as soon as you wish he or she would. Unholy feelings can come into the home and desecrate the Sabbath and it can become a weariness.

As mentioned, the food for Sabbath has already been prepared on Friday. You do not need to have more food or a greater variety of food on Sabbath than on any other day. In fact, on Sabbath you generally need to eat less than on other days. You are not going to work. If you eat the same amount of food on Sabbath that you eat on a day when you are doing some kind of physical labor, you will have a tendency to go to sleep in church, so don’t eat as much on Sabbath.

Have you ever thought about who is present when you come to worship the Lord on the Sabbath day? The Lord of glory is present along with the angels. What does God want to do for you when you worship Him on His holy day? He wants to bless you. Blessings come from the Lord. No human preacher, teacher or person can bless you. But God can bless you, and He has promised that He will, when you come to worship Him. It would be too bad to miss out on something that God had for you because you were drowsy and went to sleep in church.

The Children

We need to help our children keep the Sabbath with enjoyment. Let us look at several points that will be helpful for the children. First of all, in family worship, be sure that it is not too long. Children cannot endure long worship services. Let them bring their Bibles to worship, and if they can read, let them read one, two or three verses. Sing a song that is familiar and have prayer. If you are by yourself, you can pray as long as you please, but if you have a family and children, you cannot pray as long as you please, because you must not weary your children. How long should your prayer be if you have children? The Lord has given us an example. If you would like to have an idea about how long to pray, study the model prayer in Matthew 6: 9- 13. Jesus gave us what is called the Lord’s prayer. It is not many words. If you have children, it would be helpful for you to study that prayer and to pattern your prayer after it.

The Sabbath is a time for us to spend with our children, our families, or if we do not have a family of our own, it is a time for us to spend with the family of God and with friends. It can be one of the happiest and most blessed times of the week.

The Sabbath in Heaven

One of my favorite topics to think about is what Sabbath will be like in heaven. I have a number of relatives and friends whom I cannot visit on Sabbath because they have died. When I get to heaven I am going to be with all of these people every Sabbath. It is going to be a most exciting experience. In Isaiah 66: 22- 23, the Bible says that in heaven we are all going to come together, every Sabbath, to worship the Lord. We are going to be organized there as families. It is going to be a wonderfully happy and blessed time.

I can remember when I was a child growing up that on Friday night my father would pray for our family. He would pray that we would all be saved without the loss of one. God wants to save your family, too, without the loss of one. Have you ever thought about that? God cannot save your family without the loss of one unless you are there. If everybody else in your family were saved and you were not, your family would miss you. That is one of the reasons, friends, that it is important for you to be saved, so that in heaven your family will not miss you, because the Sabbath is a family time. It is a time for you to be together with those you love best and those who love you best.

Nature Study

God created the Sabbath after creation. It was a time for the study of what He had made. If we have children, it is still a wonderful occupation for the Sabbath, especially in pleasant weather. The Sabbath is a wonderful time to study creation.

Different people enjoy the study of different aspects of nature. When I was a young person, the nature study that I enjoyed the most was observing birds. When I became older and was living in North Dakota, a hobby that I enjoyed very much was studying the stars. I had to discontinue it when I moved to southern California because one cannot see the stars there. The study of the stars is a very, very interesting study to do on Sabbath night.

I have known people who enjoy studying flowers. You can take your children out in nature on the Sabbath and describe to them God’s great work of creation, that when God first created the world everything was holy and beautiful and that He created this world for our enjoyment. Some people like to study shrubs, some trees, other people like to study other things in the natural world. The Sabbath is a time when we can take our children into the fields or the groves and study what God has made.

The Sabbath is also a time when we can explain to our children the plan of salvation. Tell them that God so loved the world, that when sin entered the world He had a plan already prepared so that we could be redeemed. He sent His only begotten Son because He loved the world so much. The Sabbath is a time when we can tell our children the story of Bethlehem, the story of the child Jesus and how He lived— that He, by the way, was obedient to His parents. The Bible tells us this in Luke 2: 51. If our children are going to be saved in the kingdom of heaven, they need to live a life like Jesus. They need to be obedient to their parents. We can teach our children about Jesus and how He knows about their trials and temptations and struggles. Children have temptations. Some adults have forgotten that. Children have trials, temptations and struggles.

Sabbath is a time when we can read stories. My daughter loves to have me tell her stories. Children like stories and the Sabbath is a time for such enjoyment. I am not talking about secular stories, but sacred stories, stories of Bible history and what God has done for His people.

God wants to make the Sabbath the most enjoyable day of the week for us and our family, a time of delight. He wants to heal our homes and our hearts and bring to us the joy that He gave to the first human family.

In Isaiah 65 we read about a time when God is going to re- create the world. At the end of the millennium God is going to purify the earth by destroying all sin and sinners in a fiery flood that will envelop the world. Then He is going to create this world again: “For behold, I create new heavens and a new earth; and the former shall not be remembered or come to mind” (Isaiah 65: 17).

You know, friends, when you really think about it, this world is a nightmare. When you look at what has been and what is happening in this world, it is horrible. Sin has brought disaster and unbelievable unhappiness. It has ruined everything. But God has a plan to remake this world the way He originally designed it to be. Notice what Isaiah 65: 18- 22 says: “But be glad and rejoice forever in what I create; for behold, I create Jerusalem as a rejoicing, and her people a joy. I will rejoice in Jerusalem, and joy in My people; the voice of weeping shall no longer be heard in her, nor the voice of crying. No more shall an infant from there live but a few days, nor an old man who has not fulfilled his days; for the child shall die one hundred years old, but the sinner being one hundred years old shall be accursed.” These next verses refer to the new earth. “They shall build houses and inhabit them; they shall plant vineyards and eat their fruit. They shall not build and another inhabit; they shall not plant and another eat; for as the days of a tree, so shall be the days of My people, and My elect shall long enjoy the work of their hands” (verses 21- 22). Do you want to be in that place? “ ‘They shall not labor in vain, nor bring forth children for trouble; for they shall be the descendants of the blessed of the Lord, and their offspring with them. It shall come to pass that before they call, I will answer, and while they are still speaking, I will hear. The wolf and the lamb shall feed together, the lion shall eat straw like the ox, and dust shall be the serpent’s food. They shall not hurt nor destroy in all My holy mountain,’ says the Lord” (verses 23- 25). Do you want to be there? The Sabbath is a foretaste of what heaven is going to be like. Notice what Isaiah 66: 22- 23 says: “ ‘For as the new heavens and the new earth which I will make shall remain before Me,’ says the Lord, ‘so shall your descendants and your name remain. And it shall come to pass that from one new moon to another, and from one Sabbath to another, all flesh shall come to worship before Me,’ says the Lord.” I want to challenge you today to make a decision and say, “Lord, I am going to follow— I am going to obey You and I am going to be there.”

Sometime ago I was visiting a man in prison whose mother had died when he was very young. This man was not a Christian. I asked him a question, “Would you like to see your mother again?”

He said, “I would.” I said to him, “Was your mother a Christian?” He said, “Yes.” I said, “Someday Jesus is going to come. He is going to come in the sky, the Bible says in clouds, the same way He left. When He comes, He is going to look down on this world with His hands outstretched. Then He is going to say the following words: ‘Awake, Awake, Awake, you that sleep in the dust and arise.’ I want to tell you, friend, when He speaks those words every child of God who has died in this world is going to come to life. Millions and millions of people, from all generations all over the world, are instantly going to come to life. It’s going to be one of the greatest demonstrations of divine power that there has ever been in all eternal ages. Jesus demonstrated already that He could do it; He raised Lazarus.”

I told this man, “When Jesus speaks those words, your mother is going to wake up. She is going to look for you. Friend, I want to appeal to you, make the decision now and say, ‘Lord, whatever happens to me, I am going to follow You in the way of obedience,’ because someday, there is going to be somebody, maybe several people, looking for you. They are going to look for you and be so happy if you are there. You will be able to spend eternity together. You will keep the Sabbath forever with all of God’s children. But if you are not there, they will be sad.”

You know, friends, all of us are tied together. We just don’t exist as separate little atoms. Some people go through life living as if they are on an island — “You go your way, I’ll go my way.

“You do your thing, and I’ll do mine.” But, friends, that is not the way the human family is. We are all in the common web of humanity, and every one of us is related to other people.

When you choose to follow God in the way of obedience by keeping His Sabbath, do you know what is going to happen? It will have an effect on other people in your family. It will have an effect on your friends and you will influence other people to be obedient to God and to be ready for His soon appearing. Are your friends and family going to be looking for you? Are you going to be looking for them? Remember, eternal salvation is involved in keeping the Sabbath holy, and God wants to make this day a time of great delight throughout eternity.

For more Bible Study Resources by Topic see https://www.stepstolife.org/bible-study-resources-topic/

Somebody Cares

by Marshall J. Grosboll

Somebody Cares BookletEveryone needs someone who cares for him or her. Everyone needs a personal friend. Little children need friends and grownups need friends. But often when we need a friend the most there is no one to fill the void.

Sometimes those who we thought were friends reject us. Often our truest friends disappoint us, and our closest loved ones do not understand us.

In the heart of every person there are forebodings which the tongue cannot utter. There are feelings which cannot be put into words or expressed to even our closest acquaintances. Most people have experiences locked within their hearts which no one truly knows. There are experiences of guilt that no one shares. There are uncertainties and perplexities that no one comprehends. There are critical times of loss — divorce, death, or rejection, when we need arms around us that are not there.

And so there is a longing within the heart of every one for some true friend who can lighten the burden — someone who will not make light of us, but who has shared the same trials. We long for someone to listen to us with interest, someone to walk by our side. When we do not find such a one, the human heart grows discouraged and despondent.

One of the main reasons for marriages is to satisfy this heart longing. And yet, too often, two people who have been lonely and empty inside marry each other hoping to find the fulfillment they crave, only to find out that two lonely people may simply make twice as much loneliness. Generally, in this day and age of selfishness, marriage simply increases the loneliness. People go to parties, crowds and places of entertainment, and there enter into conversation with other people — they laugh and joke and act as if they are having a good time, but that doesn’t solve the loneliness either. The loneliest place in the world is often in the midst of a crowd. The loneliest people in the world are those who are trying to cover up their loneliness with laughter. Even church, where the heart is supposed to be comforted and satisfied, too often proves a disappointment.

A STRANGE SOLUTION

There is a solution for the lonely heart, and it is Jesus. “Oh!” cries a chorus of voices, “The same trite answer! He is supposed to be the solution for everything, but it doesn’t work!” If Christ is the answer, why do Christians experience loneliness and heartache just like the world? Why does church seem so empty? Why do Christian homes break up? Why do Christian young people get so desperate for friendship that they marry those who are not converted or suited?

The answer is that most Christians are Christians in name only and do not believe the solution for heartache and loneliness that Jesus offers. It is, in fact, an unbelievable solution even the Christian finds it hard to believe. This solution is like the one God gave to the Children of Israel when they were bitten by poisonous snakes. “The Lord sent fiery serpents among the people, and they bit the people; and many of the people of Israel died. Therefore the people came to Moses, and said, ‘We have sinned, for we have spoken against the Lord and against you; pray to the Lord that He take away the serpents from us. ‘ So Moses prayed” (Numbers 21: 6- 7. Bible texts are from the NKJV). God heard Moses’ prayer and gave them a solution to their problem — but what a strange solution it was! It was so strange that many were not willing to even try it. “So the Lord said to Moses, ‘Make a fiery serpent, and set it on a pole; and it shall be that everyone who is bitten, when he looks at it, shall live’ ” (Numbers 21: 8).

How ridiculous! The people were dying and in need of immediate help, and Moses told them to look at a replica of the vipers that had bitten them. The people were lying in pain on their comfortable beds in their tents, and Moses wanted them to get up and look at his contraption of a serpent — what a solution!

It must be remembered that Israel numbered well over a million people. If one were to put a serpent on a pole in the middle of Denver, Colorado, which does not have nearly that many people, it would not be possible to simply go out one’s door to see a bronze serpent set up in the middle of town — one would have to travel to where it was. And so some of the Children of Israel may have had to travel two or three miles, from the edge of the encampment to the sanctuary, to get a glimpse of the serpent. That was a great deal of painful, exhausting work for a dying man or woman. Many had to be carried on litters — and that was work for the family and neighbors — and all for something so ridiculous! “Some would not believe that merely gazing upon that metallic image would heal them; these perished in their unbelief ” (Patriarchs and Prophets, p. 430).

A STRANGER SOLUTION

But even stranger than the solution for poisonous snakes, and therefore even less believed and tried, is God’s solution for friendship.

The Bible gives a graphic example of someone who needed a true friend. It picks the loneliest situation in the world — the person who is lonely in marriage. Suppose one is very lonely in marriage and then meets someone who she believes understands and cares for her much better than her husband — in fact, for the first time in her life she has found a real, true friend — one she can share everything with and who understands her perfectly. This scenario, of course, is not uncommon and happens every day. What then is the solution to this loneliness of a bad marriage which is only deepened by the acquaintance of a “true” friend who really cares? The Bible gives both the wrong solution and the right one.

“Do you not know, brethren (for I speak to those who know the law), that the law has dominion over a man as long as he lives? For the woman who has a husband is bound by the law to her husband as long as he lives. . . . So then if, while her husband lives, she marries another man, she will be called an adulteress; but if her husband dies, she is free from the law, so that she is no adulteress, though she has married another man” (Romans 7: 1- 3).

Divorce and remarriage are the wrong solution, for that is breaking the express commandment of God. We can never hope to find happiness, peace or true friendship by rebelling from God. This solution does not work. But there is an implied solution even within the prohibition: “If, while her husband lives, she marries another man. . . .” So if her husband should die, then she could marry her “true” friend with God’s blessing and finally find that bliss she has always dreamed about. So the true solution is death of one of the partners.

“No,” you say, “That cannot be! murder is even worse than divorce.” Certainly it is. And yet that is the solution Paul presents. But the solution gets even stranger yet — we are to kill not our partner, but ourselves. Many people have, in fact, been so lonely that they have committed suicide, but suicide is condemned in the Bible also. The solution is to die without committing suicide. “Therefore, my brethren, YOU have become dead . . . that you may be married to another, even to Him who was raised from the dead, that we should bear fruit to God” (Romans 7: 4).

The one caught in a bad and lonely marriage must die. What a solution! In fact, this solution is so strange that very few people are willing to try it —it doesn’t make sense. If the other partner died, that might provide a solution, but must I die in order to find a solution from my loneliness? Surely there must be a better way than that. And yet it is the only way presented in the Bible. There is no other solution to one’s personal and emotional needs.

THE ONLY SOLUTION IN THE BIBLE

Jesus said: “He who does not take his cross and follow after Me is not worthy of Me.” A cross is a way of death — a painful death at that. The next verse says: “He who finds his life will lose it, and he who loses his life for My sake will find it” (Matthew 10: 38- 39).

The Bible’s ways seem backward: If you save your life you will lose it. Only if you die can you live. Strange as it may seem, that is Bible science. “Then Jesus said to His disciples, ‘If anyone desires to come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me. For whoever desires to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for My sake will find it’ ” (Matthew 16: 24- 25).

How can one find life by dying? Only through the resurrecting power of God. The nonChristian cannot understand this miracle. But the Christian finds a fulfilling life through death by faith in God’s power to raise him from the dead. Thus, as Paul would say, if a married woman dies, she is freed from her lawful husband, and then if Christ raises her from the dead to a new life, she can marry her new husband, who is Christ. But it is the ultimate in faith to submit to death, as Isaac did on Mount Moriah when his father was divinely instructed to kill him as a sacrifice, believing that Christ would raise him up again (Genesis 22). When Christ raises us up from the dead, He forms a lasting and intimate friendship with us that will never bring disappointment.

“Or do you not know that as many of us as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into His death? Therefore we were buried with Him through baptism into death, that just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, even so we also should walk in newness of life. For if we have been united together in the likeness of His death, certainly we also shall be in the likeness of His resurrection, knowing this, that our old man was crucified with Him, that the body of sin might be done away with, that we should no longer be slaves of sin. For he who has died has been freed from sin. Now if we died with Christ, we believe that we shall also live with Him” (Romans 6: 3- 8).

Those who have died have been freed from sin. A dead person cannot steal. A dead person cannot lie. A dead person cannot covet. A dead person cannot feel sorry for himself. And so we are to die to self. We are to crucify self, so that it is not alive to covet and pity oneself anymore. We must give up that precious “self” that we have always tried to protect, defend, pity, and exalt. In giving up self we are really fulfilled.

How foolish that seems! It is as foolish as looking at a serpent in order to be healed from a serpent’s bite. How can you find fulfillment by giving up that which is supposed to bring you fulfillment? God’s way seems backwards. The Bible says, “Give, and it will be given to you; good measure, pressed down, shaken together, and running over will be put into your bosom” (Luke 6: 38). In the world we get by keeping, but Christ said we get by giving! The Bible says that in honoring others you will bring honor to yourself, in giving away what you have you will receive an increase, in dying you will live. It is all backward according to the world. Only the Christian can understand these strange solutions.

“For the message of the cross [dying in order to live] is foolishness to those who are perishing, but to us who are being saved it is the power of God. For it is written: ‘I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and bring to nothing the understanding of the prudent. ‘ Where is the wise? Where is the scribe? Where is the disputer of this age? Has not God made foolish the wisdom of this world? . . . Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men, and the weakness of God is stronger than men” (1 Corinthians 1: 18- 25).

Christ’s way is utter foolishness with the world. How does one find happiness by giving up happiness? How does one find fulfillment by giving up his own needs?

Peter once asked Jesus: “We have left everything and followed you, therefore what will we have?” Jesus answered: “Assuredly, I say to you, there is no one who has left house or brothers or sisters or father or mother or wife or children or lands, for My sake and the gospel’s, who shall not receive a hundredfold now in this time — houses and brothers and sisters and mothers and children and lands, with persecutions — and in the age to come, eternal life. But many who are first will be last, and the last first” (Mark 10: 29- 31). Jesus said that we would receive a hundredfold return, even in this life, plus everlasting life hereafter. Thus, those who have made self last will become first. Those who have given up self the most will receive the most. Those who have retained the most of self will receive the least.

It is only through death that one can find happiness, fulfillment, or friendship. Jesus said: “Most assuredly, I say to you, unless a grain of wheat falls into the ground and dies, it remains alone; but if it dies, it produces much grain. He who loves his life will lose it, and he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life” (John 12: 24- 25).

When Jesus foretold His death to His disciples, they wondered how He was going to establish His kingdom if He was going to die. Jesus told them that it was only through death that His kingdom could be established, for it is only through death that life is produced. Jesus illustrated it by a grain of wheat. As long as the grain of wheat remains dry and intact, it remains alone and lonely. It may be preserved for a hundred years in that secure state, but it will always be alone. But if it is put into the ground, it will get wet and split apart and be apparently destroyed, but out of that death will spring forth a new life that will produce a hundred grains of wheat that are a part of the parent stalk. No longer is the wheat alone or lonely, but now it has a hundred companions that are a part of itself.

THE DISCIPLES LEARN THE LESSON

Like all of us, the disciples had to learn this hard lesson that in giving up self we gain life, and in dying we find happiness and fulfillment. After a day of teaching they took Jesus across Galilee in a boat. Jesus was fast asleep when a storm arose threatening to capsize their boat. “But He was in the stern, asleep on a pillow. And they awoke Him and said to Him, ‘Teacher, do You not care that we are perishing? ’” (Mark 4: 37- 38).

Jesus had been up the night before praying, and then had taught and healed throughout the day, and being very tired, He slept while the disciples guided the boat. Suddenly a great windstorm arose, and the disciples instinctively began to try to save themselves. Their first and natural thought was not to save Jesus — they forgot all about Him. They were trying to save “self.” They did not say: “We must save Jesus; let us row hard.” They tried with all their might to save self, but they found themselves powerless against the terrible storm. Finally, when all else failed, they remembered Jesus. And what did they say? “Teacher, do You not care that WE are perishing?” They weren’t concerned about Jesus perishing. They were only concerned about themselves. They said: “We are perishing and You don’t care.” They didn’t’t consider that Jesus was perishing and they didn’t’t care. Jesus was the one who was asleep — He could have been washed overboard.

“Then He arose and rebuked the wind, and said to the sea, ‘Peace, be still! ‘ And the wind ceased and there was a great calm. But He said to them, ‘Why are you so fearful? ’” (Mark 4: 40). That was an important question: “WHY were you so fearful?” Was it because you were concerned about Me dying? No. It was because you were concerned about yourselves. Self was not yet dead. And in trying to preserve self they almost lost it. “How is it,” He said, “that you have no faith?” Faith is the opposite of selfishness, but they were thinking only of self. Thus they had no faith. If they had been thinking about Jesus’ safety as soon as the storm arose, they never would have gotten into the predicament of almost drowning, for Jesus would have calmed the waters immediately.

Aren’t we all as primarily interested in the preservation of self as the disciples were? We are interested in the preservation of our happiness, in people being friendly to us and understanding us. “No one understands me!” we say. We are not nearly so concerned that we may not understand someone else. We are not nearly so concerned about the preservation of others and their happiness. But as long as “WE” are searching for happiness for ourselves, we will never find it. As long as “WE” are seeking to be understood, we will never find understanding. As long as

“WE” are looking for friends, we will never find them. As long as the disciples were trying to save themselves, they were perishing. But when they turned to Jesus, they found salvation.

It is in seeking the happiness of others that we ourselves are blessed. “A man that hath friends must show himself friendly: and there is a friend that sticketh closer than a brother” (Proverbs 18: 24, KJV). We don’t find true friends by trying to get friends, but by trying to be friends.

This is the basic principle of all Christianity, whether it be friends, happiness, money, fulfillment, life, or even righteousness itself. It is by giving up what we have that we get what we are looking for.

GIVING UP OUR OWN RIGHTEOUSNESS

The religious leaders in the New Testament tried hard to be righteous. They would do anything to be righteous. They made rules and regulations and offered long prayers in order to find righteousness for themselves. They had tedious religious ceremonies, all for the purpose of making themselves righteous. But the more they tried to find righteousness for themselves, the more unrighteous they became until they were filled with so much hate that they crucified Jesus. “We are all like an unclean thing, and all our righteousnesses are like filthy rags” (Isaiah 64: 6). The Pharisees tried hard to find righteousness for themselves, but all their righteousness seeking proved futile — the more they tried to get the less they had. It is when we quit trying to seek righteousness for ourselves, and start trying to bring glory and righteousness to the Lord, that we too find righteousness ourselves.

The question of our life should not be, “What can I do that I might be righteous?” but “What can I do that I might bring glory and honor to the Lord Jesus Christ?” “Therefore, whether you eat or drink, or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God” (1 Corinthians 10: 31). We are not to eat and drink for our righteousness, but for the glory of God.

God’s glory was Joseph’s concern as a slave in Egypt. He was tempted to commit adultery by the wife of his master.

Day after day she allured him. He was a slave in a strange country. There were no church members around to be concerned about. He would not be disfellowshiped for a wrong act there. He was in the midst of people who knew not God.

Day after day she coaxed him. She wore her best perfume and most seductive clothing. She flattered him, admired him, praised him, and flirted with him. One day they were in the house alone and she had prepared for this occasion. “Now it came to pass after these things that his master’s wife cast longing eyes on Joseph, and she said, ‘Lie with me.” But he refused. . . . So it was, as she spoke to Joseph day by day, that he did not heed her, to lie with her or to be with her. But it happened about this time, when Joseph went into the house to do his work, and none of the men of the house was inside, that she caught him by his garment, saying, ‘Lie with me. ‘ (Genesis 39: 7- 12). If Joseph had been concerned only about his own righteousness, he would certainly have fallen. Not only was the overpowering temptation of lust in the very air he breathed, not only was Satan playing upon his very senses and emotions seeking to excite them to their highest pitch, but he knew that in all likelihood death would be the result of resisting — for he was only a slave.

But Joseph found strength because he was not trying to preserve His own integrity, but the Lord’s. Thus he said: “How. . . can I do this great wickedness, and sin against God?” (Genesis 39: 9). His concern was not for himself, but for his Lord. He was not so much concerned about his own righteousness, but the Lord’s. He was not so much concerned about his own honor, but the Lord’s. God said: ‘’Those who honor Me I will honor” (1 Samuel 2: 30).

That is the way Jesus lived. He did not live to glorify Himself, but to bring glory to His Father, and He trusted His Father to bring to Him the glory He wanted Him to have. He said: “I have glorified You on the earth. I have finished the work which You have given Me to do. And now, O Father, glorify Me together with Yourself, with the glory which I had with You before the world was” (John 17: 4, 5). The Son glorified the Father, and the Father glorified the Son. That is the relationship God wants to have with us also. Jesus said: “If anyone serves Me, him My Father will honor” (John 12: 26). In honoring God, we are honored. In honoring self, we are dishonored.

CONSIDER THE LILIES

“Consider the lilies, how they grow: they neither toil nor spin; and yet I say to you, even Solomon in all his gory was not arrayed like one of these. If then God so clothes the grass, which today is in the field and tomorrow is thrown into the oven, how much more will He clothe you, 0 you of little faith? And do not seek what you should eat or what you should drink, nor have an anxious mind. For all these things the nations of the world seek after, and your Father knows that you need these things. But seek the kingdom of God, and all these things shall be added to you” (Luke 12: 27- 32).

The lilies do not work for self, yet the Father takes care of them. Will He not much more take care of us, if we make Him first in our consideration? The world seeks after its own food and its own raiment and its own happiness and preservation. But God knows that we need all these things. Let us seek after His glory and His kingdom first, and God will add these things unto us. “Do not fear, little flock, for it is your Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom. Sell what you have and give alms; provide yourselves money bags which do not grow old, and treasure in the heavens that does not fail, where no thief approaches nor moth destroys. For where your treasure is, there your heart will be also” (Luke 12: 32- 34).

There is someone who can take care of us much better than we can take care of ourselves. But as long as our primary concern is in taking care of ourselves, He will let us do it alone, to our own disappointment.

There is One who cares for us very much, but He cannot always show us His care because we are doing everything for ourselves. There is someone who can bring us happiness such as no other person can, but if we are seeking to find happiness for ourselves, He cannot do for us what He would like to do. That’s what it means to have a submissive spirit.

“He satisfies the longing soul, and fills the hungry soul with goodness” (Psalm 107: 9). Millions are seeking for happiness, but each one fails. Only our Maker can fulfill our deepest longings. “He heals the brokenhearted and binds up their wounds. . . . The Lord lifts up the humble; He casts the wicked down to the ground” (Psalm 147: 3- 6). The one whom God helps is the one who is humble, the one who has died to self.

HEALING THE LONELINESS OF A REJECTED BRIDE

The Bible gives such graphic illustrations to help us understand the way of happiness. In Isaiah, the Lord talks about a young woman who was involved in a most unfortunate manage.

In the East, parents often chose the spouse for a young man or woman. When I was pastoring in metropolitan Washington D. C., a young mother from India told me her sad story. Her parents had arranged her marriage to a young man she had never met. His parents had done the same. Sometimes these marriages work successfully, but in this case neither seemed matched for the other, and he did not love her. They were united, against their consent, but they did not love each other. Then he moved with her to America. Often he did not come home until one or two o’clock in the morning, because he would rather spend his evenings in a bar than to come home. She lived in a little apartment, with little furniture and no air- conditioning, and the summers were hot. She was lonely, a stranger in a strange country, and her heart was breaking.

The Bible talks about a similar, most unfortunate bride. “For the Lord has called you like a woman forsaken and grieved in spirit, like a youthful wife when you were refused, says your God” (Isaiah 54: 6). God says your loneliness may be like that of a young bride who has been taken away from her family and abused and refused on her wedding night, being left despised and rejected by her husband and without her natural family. Now she is destined to live out a life of loneliness, without children of her own and without any love from her husband.

But the Lord has promised to comfort one’s loneliness even if it is as great as that. “Sing, 0 barren, you who have not borne! (But Lord, how can I sing? I am so broken- hearted!) Break forth into singing, and cry aloud, you who have not travailed with child! For more are the children of the desolate than the children of the married woman, says the Lord.” It could very well be that the childless woman will be given more children after the resurrection, from among the toddlers who have no parents in heaven, than the woman who has had children on this earth. God has promised to satisfy the longings of every soul who puts Jesus first. There are those, both men and women, such as John the Baptist, Paul and others, who have foregone the pleasures of marriage and of having children in order to work more effectively for the Master. Others have dedicated themselves to mission service in foreign countries where living conditions are not conducive to maintaining a family, and have foregone the joys of a family life in order to bring the gospel to those who often didn’t’t appreciate it. Others have ended up in most unfortunate situations with spouses who did not love them, in a relationship more bitter than gall, but who chose to endure the hardship rather than break a commandment of the Lord. But God has promised to more than make up for every sacrifice we may make for Him in this life. If God can take care of the lilies of the field, will He not much more take care of His children who have dedicated their lives to Him and made sacrifices for His name’s honor and glory?

And so the Lord has promised that “the children of the desolate” will be more “than the children of the married woman. . . . Do not fear, for you will not be ashamed; nor be disgraced, for you will not be put to shame; for you will forget the shame of your youth, and will not remember the reproach of your widowhood anymore. For your Maker is your husband, the Lord of hosts is His name; and your Redeemer is the Holy One of Israel; He is called the God of the whole earth” (Isaiah 54: 1- 5).

God has promised to be the husband, the protector, the one who understands and takes care of those who put their trust and confidence in Him. Could any woman have a better husband than that?

TRUE CONVERSION

This dying to self and trusting one’s care and keeping to the Lord is called conversion in the Bible. It affects every aspect of life. It affects our diet, disposition and even the clothes we wear. When we are converted, we live in such a way as to bring glory to the Lord rather than glory to ourselves. And then the Lord brings glory to us.

Peter applies this principle to a woman’s attire. He says: “Likewise you wives. . . . Do not let your beauty be that outward adorning of arranging the hair, of wearing gold, or of putting on fine apparel; but let it be the hidden person of the heart, with the incorruptible ornament of a gentle and quiet spirit, which is very precious in the sight of God” (1 Peter 3: 1- 4). Do not try to draw attention to yourselves by the clothes you wear and the style of your hair, but rather put on the ornaments of heaven, which are a meek and humble spirit that has died to self and is not vying for attention. Put on the spirit that is willing to be unnoticed, that is willing to be crucified, that is willing to trust itself into the hand of God. That is the ornament that God is looking for. That is the inner, lasting jewelry and very precious in the sight of God. “For in this manner, in former times, the holy women who trusted in God also adorned themselves.. . . Nor returning evil for evil or reviling for reviling, but on the contrary blessing, knowing that you were called to this, that you may inherit a blessing” (1 Peter 3: 5- 9).

Instead of attacking when one is reviled, return a blessing, being dead to self. The true Christian is not going to be so concerned about what blessings he may get, but what blessings he may give. And that, according to the verse, is the way we become blessed. We are blessed when we return good for evil.

A HOLIDAY WHICH REPRESENTS THIS CONVERSION

God instituted a special holiday, or more accurately a holy day, to represent this true conversion. It is called the Sabbath. The Sabbath was instituted by God in order to illustrate and effect a true conversion. After the six days of creation, God rested on the seventh day and set it apart for man’s holy worship and use.

Long before there was any sin, or any Jew, the Lord saw the necessity for teaching people the importance of dying to self and living for Him. This was embodied in the Sabbath institution established at the Creation of this earth. “Thus the heavens and the earth, and all the host of them, were finished. And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had done, and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had done. Then God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, because in it He rested from all His work which God had created and made” (Genesis 2: 1- 3).

What was the meaning of this rest? God rested as an example for man. In all that God asks us to do, He first sets us an example. Jesus came down to be an example to each of us. “For we do not have a high priest who cannot sympathize with our weaknesses, but was in all points tempted as we are, yet without sin” (Hebrews 4: 15). He is “the way, the truth, and the life” (John 14: 6). Thus, when God asked man to keep a specific day holy, in honor of Him, He rested with him as an example for all to follow. How much significance that gives this special day — to think that God Himself rested on the Sabbath!

In the very heart of the ten commandments, the only part of the whole Bible God wrote with His own hand, right along with the simple laws that say: “Do not murder, Do not steal,” God said, “Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy. Six days you shall you labor and do all your work, but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord your God. In it you shall do no work: you, nor your son, nor your daughter, nor your manservant, nor your maidservant, nor your cattle, nor your stranger who is within your gates. For in six days the Lord made the heavens and the earth, the sea, and all that is in them, and rested the seventh day. Therefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day and hallowed it” (Exodus 20: 8- 1 1).

The Sabbath is the only day God ever rested on. Even Jesus, after His work of redemption was completed, rested in the tomb on the Sabbath day before being resurrected on the first day of the week and continuing on with His work of redemption, now as our High Priest in heaven. Thus Paul says, at the end of the New Testament, long after Christ was crucified, “For He has spoken in a certain place of the seventh day in this way: ‘And God rested on the seventh day from all His works. . . . There remains therefore a rest for the people of God. For he who has entered His rest has himself also ceased from his works” (Hebrews 4: 4- 10).

The Sabbath is a day when we do not try to take care of self. We cease from doing our own works. Rather we do God’s works. We trust our farms with Him and concentrate our time to worshipping Him and teaching our children and family about His marvelous works. On the Sabbath we trust God to take care of our bills. On the Sabbath we trust God to take care of sustaining us, so we do not work to earn a living on that day. It is a day of special trust in the Lord— we signify that we trust Him. God is going to take care of the crops. He is going to take care of the shop. He is going to take care of the home on that day. Since humanitarian activities, such as taking care of the sick, are a part of God’s work, we will work for God in these areas. But our own works we will not do.

The Sabbath symbolizes the whole conversion experience of dying to self and living unto God, trusting Him to take care us. It symbolizes that beautiful relationship God wants to have with each one of us — we think of Him, and He thinks of us. God says: “Those who honor Me I will honor.”

The Sabbath is beautifully explained in Isaiah 58. After talking about a group of people in the last days who will repair the old paths that God has given for us to walk in, the Lord then reveals that the pathway of the Sabbath which He established to lead from earth to heaven will be repaired and restored — it is the Sabbath of the truly converted, for it represents dying to self and living for Christ. Thus the Lord says: “If you turn away your foot from the Sabbath, from doing YOUR pleasure on My holy day, and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy day of the Lord honorable, and shall honor Him, not doing YOUR own ways, nor finding YOUR own pleasure, nor speaking YOUR own words, then you shall delight yourself in the Lord; and I will cause you to ride on the high hills of the earth, and feed you with the heritage of Jacob your father. The mouth of the Lord has spoken” (Isaiah 58: 13- 14).

Thus God says we are not to do our works on the Sabbath, but we are to find the Sabbath a delight, for we are doing God’s works. Like a couple in love who enjoy doing things for each other more than they enjoy doing things for themselves, so the Sabbath is the day in which we delight to do things for the Lord, and He delights to do things for us in return.

It is for this reason Satan has fought against the Sabbath so vehemently down through the ages, for it represents that true, joyous conversion experience with the Lord. Satan hates this experience and anything that might lead to it; therefore He has tried to destroy and cover up the Sabbath with tradition and sun worship and false theology based upon twisted Scripture. But we need not be confused, for Jesus our example kept the Sabbath, and He has commanded us to follow in His footsteps. He said: “If you love Me, keep My commandments” (John 14: 15).

“Blessed are those who do His commandments (including the Sabbath), that they may have the right to the tree of life, and may enter through the gates into the city” (Revelation 22: 14). Those who honor God, He will honor. Those who seek His glory will be glorified. He will be their friend and companion throughout eternity.

TRUE FRIENDSHIP

Jesus said: “If you keep My commandments, you will abide in My love. . . . These things I have spoken to you, that My joy may remain in you, and that your joy may be full. This is My commandment, that you love one another [not to be loved, but to love] as I have loved you. Greater love has no one than this, than to lay down one’s life for his friends. You are My friends if you do whatever I command you. No longer do I call you servants, for a servant does not know what his master is doing; but I have called you friends” (John 15: 10- 15). If we put Him first, He will put us first. Jesus said, “To him who overcomes I will grant to sit with Me on My throne” (Revelation 3: 21).

“Keep your wants, your joys, your sorrows, your cares, and your fears before God. You cannot burden Him; you cannot weary Him. . . . Take to Him everything that perplexes the mind. Nothing is too great for Him to bear, for He holds up worlds, He rules over all the affairs of the universe. Nothing that in any way concerns our peace is too small for Him to notice. There is no chapter of our experience too dark for Him to read; there is no perplexity too difficult for Him to unravel. No calamity can befall the least of His children, no anxiety harass the soul, no joy cheer, no sincere prayer escape the lips, of which our heavenly Father is unobservant, or in which He takes no immediate interest. . . . The relations between God and each soul are as distinct and full as though there were not another soul upon the earth to share His watch- care, not another soul for whom He gave His beloved Son” (Steps to Christ, p. 100).

May you experience the joy that only a true friendship can bring. May you experience the truest joy that only the truest Friend can bring. There is Someone who cares.

Special Note:

In a way this is Marshall Grosboll’s last will and testament to this world. A few days after he wrote this booklet he, along with his wife and two children were killed in a plane crash.

Although Marshall had several other urgent printing projects that he had promised Steps to Life that he would do, a few days before his last trip he felt impelled to stop everything else he was doing and write this booklet. Marshall’s life was devoted to helping others experience the joy and consolation that he found in Jesus and he would be most delighted if you came to him in heaven someday and told him that you read this booklet, and found the One who is altogether lovely and experienced this love which results in eternal life (Luke 10: 25- 28, John 17: 2,3)

To make contact with the One who cares, follow these simple steps:

  1. Study His character as revealed in the gospels. See John 5: 39.
  2. Pray. Prayer is opening your heart to God as to a friend. Prayer brings you into direct contact with the One who cares for you. See Matt. 7: 7 and John 14: 12-
  3. Yield your heart to Him as your Savior and Lord and choose to follow Him. See Jeremiah. 29: 13 – John 12: 25- 27. 9

For more Bible Study Resources by Topic see https://www.stepstolife.org/bible-study-resources-topic/

The Uncertainty of Life

By Marshall Grosboll

The Uncertainty of LifeIntroductory note:

On July 22, 1991, Pastor Marshall Grosboll with his wife Lillian, their son Matthew and daughter Christine were killed in the private plane (pictured on the front) they were flying. Although not foreseeing the death of his entire family, Marshall was acutely aware that at any time his own life could instantly be cut short. Especially was he aware of this since he was traveling so much all around the world. He had been in Europe with his family earlier that same month and was scheduled to go to New Zealand a couple of days after the accident. Because he was so aware of the possibility, at any moment, of sudden death by accident, he preached a great deal about it. The last article which he himself, as director of Steps to Life, wrote in the ministry’s News Notes was about the shortness of human life. He preached about this subject to the churches he pastored and to non- Christians in evangelistic sermons. This booklet is adapted from two sermons he preached in late winter of 1986 to the Wichita South Seventh-day Adventist Church when he was pastor there.

A month before going to Europe he left a note with a few brief directions about what to do if something should happen to him. The morning of July 22, before leaving his parent’s home with his family for the last time, he indicated that he did not think he was going to live long. But life in this world was not uppermost in his mind. He knew the really important thing was to be ready to inherit eternal life, so he had spent a large part of the last night of his life praying. Friend, any of us could suddenly die in an accident– the important thing is that we are ready to die. Would you be among the saved in the end if you were to die today? Until you are ready to die, you are not really ready to live, even in this world, because this life is only to be a preparation for eternity. May this booklet help you to be ready for your last day on this earth, whenever that might be.

Part I The Challenger

This week we mourned with the rest of America. I have to admit that I have an interest in the space shuttle program. My favorite picture in my office is one of Christ, but I also have two pictures of the shuffle hanging on the other wall.

My wife’s aunt in Washington, DC., is a veteran worker for NASA and she keeps us supplied with pictures, data, books and shuffle decals. My son has models and toys of the shuffle. Upon investigation, we found that only one of them was of the Challenger.

I first heard about this week’s tragedy K while walking down the corridor of the San Diego Airport. I overheard someone say that the shuffle had blown up. I asked, “What did you say?” He said, “The shuttle just blew up.” I immediately checked into my motel room and turned on the television to catch the news. There I saw the replay over and over again. I wanted to say it wasn’t so, but it was. I hoped against hope at first that maybe, somehow, the spaceship had remained in tact and had glided into the Atlantic somewhere, and that soon someone would find them. But the blast, they said, was equal to a small atomic bomb.

One of my ministerial friends at the meeting in San Diego is an aerospace engineer and worked for NASA for seven years before entering the ministry. He was involved in the development of the shuffle and knew every detail of the plane. It was his opiKon that it had to be the external fuel tank. The boosters, he said, cannot explode; they just burn. The fuel tank contains half a million gallons of liquid oxygen and hydrogen, which, when ignited, creates a tremendous reaction, as we all witnessed.

I was interested in the crew. Most of us, I think, have become attached to the school teacher, Christa. And there was Michael Smith, who as a boy had one dream– to fly. One time, while quarterbacking his high school football team, they were trailing in the second half by seven points. He called a time out– his coach expecting him to come over and get a new play– but he did not come. Then his coach saw him staring up at ajet passing over the field. He had called a time out just to look at an airplane. Football, even quarterbacking his high school football team in an important game, did not hold the interest that airplanes did. “Come on, Mike,” his coach called, we’re in a football game!” But he had a dream. And then there was Judy Resnik, whom my family and I had the privilege of meeting once at a special reception for NASA personnel that my wife’s aunt invited us to. Her father called her “Little Judy” when she was growing up in Akron, Ohio, and she liked it. Whenever she called home, she said, “Hi, Daddy, this is Little.” She always called him Daddy, and she was still his “Little Judy.”

Like Michael, the pilot of the craft who once called a time- out while playing high school football to look at an airplane go overhead, she also had some priorities in life. She was the only astronaut on board who did not leave behind a spouse and at least two children. In fact, Judy had never married. She had given herself to getting a doctorate degree at the University of Maryland and to becoming an astronaut. She had succeeded, but she was still Daddy’s girl and Mother’s darling. As they watched their beloved daughter lift off on her second shuttle flight, they were full of joy and pride for her.

They knew about the dangers. They knew that the lift-off was the most dangerous part of the flight, and the higher the shuffle went the safer it was. As they watched the craft lift and roll, and reach a speed of 2,000 mph and an altitude of over 10 miles within 75 seconds, they knew that the most dangerous phase was just about over. Then they saw the fireball. The sound would take another full minute to reach the earth, but they could see it. Judy’s parents were standing next to Michael Smith’s children, who began to cry. One of them said, “Daddy! I want you, Daddy! You always promised nothing would happen.” Then the lights went out as the wife of Onizuka, who was leaning against the wall where the light switches were located, fainted and pulled down the switches as she sank to the floor.

Fifty-five times we have sent men and women into space. We have sent them clear to the moon and back– not once but many times– and never an accident from lift- off until return. Not a single mishap. Our record was near perfect. Surely, we had perfected our arts. But as of this week, times have changed.

Life is not Certain on this Earth but God is

There is nothing in this life that is foolproof, at least nothing mechanical. Nothing in the weather. Nothing in your body. There are no supermen and no super agents. It takes but one projectile through the heart, or the bursting of one vessel in the brain, or one drunk driver swerving into our lane at the wrong time, and all is wiped out. Nothing in this life is foolproof.

Our pioneers recognized that fact. That is why George Washington prayed before going into baffle or leading out in Congress. He did not pray because it was expected of him— he prayed because he knew he needed God’s help. Yes, he must have Him. He was totally dependent upon Him, thus, he declared a national day of fasting and prayer.

Our forefather’s recognized that there are too many things that can and will go wrong, and that without God’s special intervention, all our plans and accomplishments will one day perish. That is why in the constitution they stated that we are one nation under God. Not under the President or Congress, but under God. They knew that we would only remain a nation as long as God was in control, and that when He ceased to bless, the nation would begin to suffer reverses until it would cease to exist.

We were a nation with religious freedom— our citizens were allowed to worship unmolested according to their conscience. We were not a non-religious country. We were not atheistic. We were established through faith in God. Our courts were based upon the justice as found in the Bible, and upon that Book every witness had to swear. They realized that there is nothing sure without the surety of God.

That is why the minters of our first coins inscribed the words: “In God we trust.” They knew that the value of those coins would only remain stable as long as God maintained the health of the economy— as long as He gave us the will to sacrifice, the integrity to work hard, and the honesty to preserve what was not ours– and then to bless the output and to multiply. Thus we became the “bread basket” of the world. But today we no longer pray when about to embark on a mission, even a dangerous mission. No longer do we give God the credit when things succeed. No longer do we fast and pray when things do not.

I was amazed when a hurricane of 160 mph winds was headed for the costs of North Carolina and Virginia, and it mysteriously tumed up shore. I praised God for sparing our land another day, but how disappointed I was a few hours later to hear a news commentator say: “We were lucky that time.” Lucky! How can God continue to protect us over and over again when we totally deny Him.

As I was riding in a 727 from Kansas City to Washington National Airport last November, a young female executive came and sat next to me in the seat she had been assigned to. She was raised a Jew but had become an atheist. Her question to me was, “If there really is a God, why does He allow such calamities as AIDS, for example.” My response to her was, “Why should God protect you from disaster. You do not even believe in Him, nor are you following what He says.”

“But when you hear of wars and commotions, do not be terrified; for these things must come to pass first, but the end will not come immediately.” Then He said to them, “Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. And there will be great earthquakes in various places, and famines and pestilences; and there will be fearful sights and great signs from heaven” Luke 21: 9- 11.

Before Jesus comes there will yet be more wars, earthquakes, famines (and don’t think it can’t happen in America), pestilences, disasters by land, sea, air, and space.

“The restraining power of God is even now being withdrawn from the world. Hurricanes, storms, tempests, fire and flood, disasters by sea and land (and could we say by air and space), follow each other in quick succession. Science seeks to explain all these. The signs thickening around us, telling of the near approach of the Son of God, are attributed to any other than the true cause. Men cannot discern the sentinel angels restraining the four winds that they shall not blow until the servants of God are sealed; but when God shall bid His angels loose the winds, there will be such a scene of strife as no pen can picture” Testimonies, vol. 6 408.

I ask you candidly and plainly, as you review the news over the past couple of years, has there been a continuing increase in disasters? From the Korean air crash, the Indian air crash and the carnage of the 101st Airborne, to the shuffle explosion; from starvation in Ethiopia and volcanoes in South America, to leaking toxic gases in India; from skyjacking, to cruise jacking, to the assassination of Indira Gandhi; from bankrupt banks to foreclosed farms.. .when will we learn that we need God to survive?

“At the end of the twelve months he was walking about the royal palace of Babylon. The king spoke, saying, ‘Is not this great Babylon, that I have built for a royal dwelling by my mighty power and for the honor of my majesty? ‘While the word was still in the king’s mouth, a voice fell from heaven: ‘King Nebuchadnezzar, to you it is spoken: the kingdom has departed from you!” ‘ Daniel 4: 29- 31.

There is nothing sure or stable in this life without God’s direct protection and care– not your marriage, your money, your children, your health, your church, your nation, and certainly not yourself. Nothing! We need to humble ourselves before God and invite Him into our lives. We need to realize our total dependence upon Him. Everything may be going right in your life.

Everything may have gone right for a long time, but it only takes a moment to turn everything around, and if God is not in control of your life, that moment is coming. It will come at a most unexpected time! It will come suddenly!

On television we saw seven people perish unexpectedly last Thursday in a heart- rending space disaster. We cried for them and their families, but did you know that since you awoke this morning 90,000 people on planet earth have died? Oh, they have not been publicized and we do not know them, but every one of them was special. Most of them had families– mothers, fathers, sons, daughters, spouses, who are even now mourning them. Ninety thousand people so far this morning, and every 60 seconds 250 more tragically die? This earth is a disaster. It is time to get right with God. It is time to do the work He has given us to do. It is time for Jesus to come.

“There were present at that season some who told Him about the Galileans whose blood Pilate had mingled with their sacrifices” Luke 13: 1

They had their disasters in Jesus’ day. The Bible records them. Once the Galileans were peaceably worshipping in Jerusalem, offering their sacrifices, and Pilot sent his soldiers in to cut them up and throw them on top of their sacrifices so that all their blood mixed together. What a catastrophe, and right within the church! Would public worship ever seem the same again? Why were they slaughtered? Had they committed some aggravated sin so that God was punishing them? No! Jesus said. They had not sinned any more than the rest of the people. “And Jesus answered and said to them, ‘Do you suppose that these Galileans were worse sinners than all other Galileans, because they suffered such things? I tell you, no; but unless you repent you will all likewise perish” ‘ Luke 13: 2- 3. These Galileans had not sinned any more than any of the other people– maybe less– but God was beginning to withdraw His protection from Jerusalem and disasters were beginning to happen. “Why did you hear,” Jesus said, “about what happened to some people from Jerusalem? It is not just Galileans who are suffering disasters, but Jerusalemites also.”

“Or those eighteen on whom the tower in Siloam fell and killed them, do you think that they were worse sinners than all other men who dwelt in Jerusalem? I tell you, no; but unless you repent you will all likewise perish” Luke 13: 4- 5.

What did Jesus mean when He said unless you repent you will all likewise perish? Jesus could see down the stream of time when God’s protection would be completely withdrawn from Jerusalem and when all within, except those who had accepted Christ and had fled from the city when Jesus told them to, would be barbarously murdered, as those Galileans were, by the Romans soldiers. God’s protecting hand was being withdrawn from the city. They had rejected the only true God and followed a God of their own choosing.

Repent

“Repent,” Jesus said. “Repent.” That is a word that isn’t too often heard anymore. Oh, a few people make cartoons about people holding up signs that say to repent, but today we are living in a day and age when it is more popular to praise people. Calls to repentance are seldom heard, but that is what is needed today. At least that is what the Bible says is needed today– not just in the world but in the church. Why? Because as a people we have apostatized. We have carried on a form of religion without the power thereof. We may have, some of us anyway, kept the Sabbath and paid our tithe, but we have not all found Jesus. These outward things, Jesus said, we should have done, but not to have left the other undone.

“And to the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write, ‘These things says the Amen, the Faithful and True Witness, the Beginning of the creation of God: I know your works, that you are neither cold nor hot. I could wish you were cold or hot. So then, because you are lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will vomit you out of My mouth” ‘ Revelation 3: 14- 15. Dear friend, it is time to be on fire for the Lord. That is not something that is nice to be, that is what God requires. We must, we must, we must, dear friend, spend that time with Jesus every day. And we must, we must, we must overcome the sins that Jesus points out in our lives. To remain lukewarm is fatal; it is absolutely fatal! The Bible says that God is going to destroy every professing Christian that remains lukewarm. The lukewarm Christian is not going to barely get into heaven; he or she is not going to get in at all.

It is time that Jesus becomes our all in all. It is time that He is our absorbing theme– not football, not television programs, not secular music, not making money.

Those seven who were on the ill- fated shuttle flight this Thursday all had one thing in common. They were a few who were chosen out of thousands– they were a remnant. And what made them that remnant? They made being on that shuttle their first and only interest. Even in a high school football game, Michael Smith wasn’t interested in the game any more when an airplane flew overhead. Dear friend, when we love the Lord that much, we will be saved! When we would rather read the Bible than watch the Super Bowl, that is conversion. When we would rather starve to death than work on the Sabbath or use the Lord’s tithe for our own use, that is conversion.

I have some simple questions to ask you: Do you spend more time reading the Bible, or watching television? Do you spend more time tuned in to the radio, or in prayer? What is molding your life? Where do your thoughts run in your leisure moments?

“There were present at that season some who told Him about the Galileans whose blood Pilate had mingled with their sacrifices. And Jesus answered and said to them, ‘Do you suppose that these Galileans were worse sinners than all other Galileans, because they suffered such things? I tell you, no; but unless you repent you will all likewise perish. Or those eighteen on whom the tower in Siloam fell and killed them, do you think that they were worse sinners than all other men who dwelt in Jerusalem? I tell you, no; but unless you repent you will all likewise perish” ‘ Luke 13: 1- 5.

Someday, while people are eating and drinking, marrying and giving~ in marriage, and while life is progressing, another explosion is going to take place. The sky is suddenly going to rip apart and whole islands are going be moved out of their place. The streams are going to cease to flow and the homes we have lived in are going to be ripped asunder. like lightening from the East our Lord will come with 10,000 of His holy angels. life on planet earth is going to suddenly come to a halt. Our academies are all going to be closed and our churches are going to be destroyed.

“These are the ones who were not defiled with women, for they are virgins. These are the ones who follow the Lamb wherever He goes. These were redeemed from among men, being firsifruits to God and to the Lamb. And in their mouth was found no deceit, for they are without fault before the throne of God” Revelation 14: 4- 5.

Jesus says to repent, or we are all going to be destroyed. I am so glad that the destruction that overtook the seven astronauts this week was not a final destruction. Everyone of them will be raised again. I hope that some or all of them are saved. It is a shame that of all the personal belongings taken on board, from pennants to pet frogs, there is not a mention of any of them taking a Bible on board— though maybe the Gideons had one on board already. I hope they were living up to the light they knew. I hope that Mr. Resnik gets to hear his daughter say to him again, “Hello, Daddy, this is Little.” I hope someone witnessed to them about Jesus in time– not just the One who lived 2,000 years ago, but about the One living in their heart. I hope so.

But I know this, that soon there is going to be another blast that is going to rip the whole earth apart. In that day, who is going to be able to stand? As Psalms 24: 4 says, it will be “he who has clean hands and a pure heart.”

Today the football game of life is in progress, but overhead are flying the three angels of Revelation 14 with the everlasting gospel to give to the world. Isn’t it time to call a time out, to look and to listen and to follow. Another shuffle is about to leave this stricken world, and this one will succeed. Upon that shuffle only a remnant will be found– a small number from so many who would like to go, but who did not put their whole heart and mind and soul into being there. I want to be on board when Jesus comes, don’t you? I do not want my children crying because I am not there, do you? Rather, I want to hear them saying: “Hello, Daddy, it’s me.” It’s time for the Lord to come, I hear the people say; the stars of heaven are growing dim, it must be the breaking of the day. The signs foretold in the sun and moon, in earth and sea and space, aloud proclaim to all mankind, the coming of the Master draweth on.

Let us repent and be ready. “And to the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write, ‘These things says the Amen, the Faithful and True Witness, the Beginning of the creation of God: I know your works, that you are neither cold nor hot. I could wish you were cold or hot. So then, because you are lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will vomit you out of My mouth” ‘ Revelation 3: 14- 16.

Part II From Death to Life

The tragedy of life is that it ends. When you go on a vacation, the vacation soon comes to an end, but you feel refreshed, and you have the pictures; at least you have the pictures in your mind. You have the memories. Memories are one of the most important things in life.

But suppose you went on a vacation, and after it was through you had total amnesia. Even the subconscious memory of the vacation was wiped out. You had no pictures. No memory of it. You had no recollection of having been on a vacation at all. How many would like to go on a vacation like that?

Suppose with me that someone should offer you a two week vacation anywhere in the world via private jet, or private cruise— you choose— with the best accommodations, the finest food, the nicest friends, a private servant, chef and butler. The price tag on this two week vacation was $2,000. How many would go? Maybe a little out of our reach, but a bargain at twice the cost. However, just for today, this vacation offer is on sale for just $195. $195! Anywhere in the world— Austria, the Congo, Brazil, Spain, Shanghai, Paris, Alaska, Rome, the South Seas or any combination. $195! How many would go?

But, as is often the case, there is one little catch with the bargain price. First, no one could know that you had gone. And second, after you got back you would be put through some kind of machine that would totally wipe out that memory so that not even you would have any idea you had ever been on a vacation at all. Who knows, maybe you have already been on a vacation like that; you just can’t remember. Anyway, now that you know the fine print at the bottom of the vacation offer, how many would still be interested in going at the bargain price?

Think of all the fun you would have during those two weeks? Maybe if I had enough time and just concentrated on the positive, I could sell quite a few tickets. But the thinking person would say— for what? However good the vacation might be, it would soon be over, and then for what? It would be as though it had never happened.

Lease on Life

Yet, an awful lot of supposedly thinking people are taking vacations just like that. They are going through the vacation of life, existing for the pleasures that they can receive while here. But for what? When it is over, and the memory is wiped out, and as time goes on and no one even remembers that they ever existed, what is the purpose of life? What is the purpose of riches that perish? What is the purpose of knowledge that vanishes? What is the purpose of hard work for things that suddenly cease to exist? What is the purpose of improving yourself just to vanish into thin air as though you never existed? That is the question Jesus asked.

Then He spoke a parable to them, saying: “The ground of a certain rich man yielded plentifully. And he thought within himself, saying, ‘What shall I do, since I have no room to store my crops?’ So he said, ‘I will do this: I will pull down my barns and build greater, and there I will store all my crops and my goods. And I will say to my soul, Soul, you have many goods laid up for many years; take your ease; eat, drink, and be merry. ‘ But God said to him, ‘Fool! This night your soul will be required of you; then whose will those things be which you have provided? ‘ So is he who lays up treasure for himself, and is not rich toward God” Luke 12: 16- 21.

Then whose shall they be after you cease to exist? You can have all the insurance policies in the world, you can write up your will any way you want to, you can have all the alarm systems and security devices on your home that money can buy or genius invent. Nevertheless, when you die, you lose it all. None of us own a thing in this life– we only lease. You might think you have a deed to your house, but it is only a lease, and that lease runs out when you die!

Jesus said, “Fool! . . . Then whose will those things be which you have provided?” That is the question of the age. Think about it. Daydream about it. There is no such thing as being permanently rich in this life. It is only loaned, and the loan runs out when you die. “Then whose will those things be which you have provided?”

That is why Jesus said, “Lay not up for yourself treasures on earth, where tornadoes and lawsuits destroy and where death breaks in and steals; but lay up for yourself treasures in heaven, where you can enjoy them forever.” Good advice isn’t it? Dear friend, if you are lost, your life has been a total waste. It does not matter what accomplishments you may have made or how rich or well thought of you were. You may have been the President of the United States, the dictator of Russia or even the much sought after president of the Philippines. You may have owned the oil wells of the world, but if you are eventually lost; for what? When your life ceases to exist, whatever the excuse for being lost, you might as well have never lived.

You know, it is amazing the excuses that people can give for being lost. “My parents were too strict.” “The school was not fair.” “The preacher was boring.” “I would have lost my job for keeping the Sabbath.” “The Bible was boring.” I have wondered if when standing before the bar of justice, if those who have “good” excuses, whatever that means, are going to feel better about being lost than those who have poor excuses. Have you ever wondered that?

The Real Purpose of Life

There is but one real purpose in life, dear friend, and that is to be saved through the blood of Jesus Christ. Let all other considerations vanish in comparison to that.

But how is this accomplished? Jesus plainly said in Matthew 7 that there were going to be but very few people saved, even though a whole lot of people where going to think they were saved. How can we make sure?

“Most assuredly, I say to you, he who hears My word and believes in Him who sent Me has everlasting life, and shall not come into judgment, but has passed from death into life” John 5: 24.

Most assuredly, Jesus said. This is what it takes. If anyone gives you any other way to eternal life than this, believe it not. According to Jesus, this is most assuredly the way. Unless we are hearing the voice of Jesus leading us day by day, we are lost. We need to realize the seriousness of television. Too many voices are trying to grab our attention. We may even be watching “good” programs— and we wouldn’t watch any other, wouldwe?– but if it is drowning out the voice of Jesus, it is accomplishing its purpose. Our time is sacred. We must take time to hear the voice of Jesus if we want to be saved. We must spend time with Jesus every day, morning by mom ing, and retain Him in our thoughts throughout the day.

Jesus said, “If anyone desires to come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross and follow Me” Matthew 16: 24. For, as Peter said, “There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be save,” Acts 4: 12, than the name Christ Jesus.

We must hear the voice of Jesus. If we are not taking the time to hear the voice of Jesus through Bible study and prayer, we are going to be lost. We are lost. But I would like you to notice that there are two things Jesus said we must do in order to have eternal life. Now Jesus paid the price. He died to atone for our sins. But Jesus said that we also have something to do in order to receive that gift. Jesus said it, not me. And these are the two things we must do.

  1. We must hear the words of Jesus.
  2. We must believe in God.

We must not only hear. We must believe. That is the secret, Jesus said, to eternal life and the reason most people will not be saved.

Ninety- five percent are too busy to hear the voice of Jesus. But even of the small percent who do hear, ninety- five percent of those do not believe what they read or hear. They do not believe God. Oh, they may believe that He exists– even the devils believe that, James said. But they do not believe Him– they do not believe His truthfulness or His authority. They do not believe what He says. They do not accept His words, His authority, His wisdom or His messengers.

Thus it was with the Jews. They did read the Bible, but they did not believe. “And the Father Himself, who sent Me, has testified of Me. You have neither heard His voice at any time, nor seen His form. But you do not have His word abiding in you, because whom He sent, Him you do not believe. You search the Scriptures, for in them you think you have eternal life; and these are they which testify of Me. But you are not willing to come to Me that you may have life” John 5: 37- 40.

Oh, they read the Bible, but they were too wise to believe it, or to believe in Him whom the Bible said should come. He was too humble. He did not fulfill their pride or their ambitions.

What two things are necessary for salvation?

There are two things necessary for salvation. You must:

  1. hear, and
  2. believe.

But the Jews could not. It did not agree with their pride nor their human logic. The leaders taught men to reverence them, but Jesus claimed no human titles. They thought they were pretty good, but Jesus called for repentance. God had sent His Son into the world, but God’s Son did not meet with their approval. Oh, they had read and memorized the Scriptures. They could quote whole sections of it, but they twisted it to their own destruction, and they would not believe in Him to Whom Scripture pointed.

“How can you believe, who receive honor from one another, and do not seek the honor that comes from the only God?” John 5: 44.

Dear friend, what we are needing today is to spend more time with the Scriptures and with the testimony of Jesus Christ, which the Bible says is the spirit of prophecy. We are needing to spend more time with the Scriptures, but more than that, we are needing to spend more time with it on our knees– in sincere repentance, clinging to the foot of the cross.

“Oh Lord, as we read Your Word, may we be converted, put away our pride and put away our preconceived opinions. May we accept Your simple, humble truths.”

If Jesus should come to earth today, would He be accepted? He had no degrees, you know. Where would He go? Could He be a minister in our churches, or a teacher in our schools or a physician in our institutions? Would we accept His words of truth? Would He find a place in our church or in our hearts, or would He be left outside knocking to get in as is pictured in the Laodicean message? I tell you this, as soon as we decree that an individual must have a certain degree or come from a particular institution to be a minister or worker in any line, we have barred Christ from the ministry of our church, because His qualifications were other than what mankind can give. He was anointed from above. Oh that we had that same prerequisite, and that prerequisite alone, today. We need training, but more important, we need the anointing of the Holy Spirit.

If Jesus should come to earth today, would you receive Him? Would you? Of course you would. But so thought the Jews! How do we know? You can know, because He is still here today.

“Go therefore and make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to observe all things that I have commanded you; and lo, I am with you always, even to the end of the age. Amen” Matthew 28: 19- 20.

He is still here. You may not see Him, but then, the Jews in Jerusalem 1,900 years ago never thought they had met the Messiah either. But He was there. And He is here, but He is still unrecognized and unaccepted.

“A little while longer and the world will see Me no more, but you will see Me. Because I live, you will live also. At that day you will know that I am in My Father, and you in Me, and I in you. He who has My commandments and keeps them, it is he who loves Me. And he who loves Me will be loved by My Father, and I will love him and manifest Myself to him” John 14: 19- 21.

Who is it who will see Jesus? He who hears the words of Jesus and believes. “He who has My commandments.” How do you have the commandments of Jesus? By reading them. By putting them in your mind. “He who has My commandments.” But He who has and does what? “And keeps them.” He who believes what Jesus said. In him, Jesus said, I will come and abide.

Again, what does it require to be saved? Two things.

  1. We must hear the words of Jesus.
  2. We must believe.

If you were living in Jerusalem and God should choose to send His Son in the form of a humble Galilean peasant, and you were expecting Judean royalty, would you believe? If you were living in the last days and God should choose a humble New England woman to be His messenger, and you were expecting a German theologian, would you believe?

If God should say that the seventh-day of the week is holy, whereas you had been taught by parents and theologians that the first day of the week was sacred, would you believe God or the theologians? Who would you believe? Would you believe God?

If God should choose to close Platte Valley Academy but your job was at stake or your alma matter in jeopardy, would you believe?

If God should choose you to be a messenger of His as He did Isaiah to preach the word or to witness to your neighbor, would you believe, or would you find excuses.

Dear friend, it is time we have more confidence in the power of prayer and more willing acceptance of God’s answers. It is time we are willing to be lead by His Spirit. It is time we have more simple, apostolic faith in His Word. It is time we quit reasoning away what we are told about how to treat the sick, how to eucate the young, how to raise our children and how to choose our spouses. It is time we study, rightly dividing the word of truth so that we are not putting our own interpretation on it, but having honestly ascertained what God has said, it is time we simply believed and obeyed. Is that right or wrong? And why shouldn’t we believe? Why shouldn’t we follow more fully? “These things I have spoken to you, that My joy may remain in you, and that your joy may be full” John 15: 11.

It is He who brings happiness in life. God loves you, dear friend. He only wants the best for you, but His way may not be your way, so you are going to have to have faith in Him. Sickness may devour a loved one. Are you still going to believe? God may call you out of some comfortable circumstance into the path of hardship. Are you still going to believe? God may strike your pride to the ground. Are you still going to believe? God may even say something that you don’t agree with at all. Are you still going to believe?

“If I had not done among them the works which no one else did, they would have no sin; but now they have seen and also hated both Me and My Father” John 5: 24.

Jesus is calling you today, dear friend, to cease your business in life– to put down the telephone and turn off the television, to close the newspaper and come home from the party, and to go into your closet and hear His voice speaking to you. Have you heard His voice? But having heard, you must believe. Oh, dear friend, if you will but take the time to hear, and then if you will believe, you have eternal life. Praise the Lord! You will find rest unto your soul. You will find a peace within that not all the troubles of the world can disturb.

“For God so loved the world. That He gave His only begotten son, that whosoever believeth in Him, might not perish, but have everlasting life” John 3: 16. You can have that gift, today. You can have a peace and a joy that will never end, but will last throughout eternity.

For more Bible Study Resources by Topic see https://www.stepstolife.org/bible-study-resources-topic/

Your Last Night on Earth

by Cody Francis

Your Last Night on EarthHave you ever stopped to consider that at some point in time you will have reached your last night on planet earth? This time will come for each and every person alive today. One day you will wake up for the last time. You might eat breakfast and walk out your front door, never more to do so again. You will work your last day. Drive your car for the last time. You will say the last words to your family. To everyone this will not happen at the same time, but to everyone it will happen. For absolutely everyone who is alive, as with everyone who has ever been alive, there will be a last night on earth. None know when that will be, but like it or not, your last night on earth is coming. For the last generation living on planet earth, the last night will come all at once, as a sudden, overwhelming surprise to the inhabitants of earth. Your last night on earth is coming sooner than many think? Are you prepared for your last night? Do you know what your last night will be like? Several illustrations that deserve our careful study of what that last night will be like, are found in the Bible.

Belshazzar’s Last Night

There are many examples of different individual’s last nights on planet earth, but perhaps the most graphic of the many last nights, is Belshazzar’s. Belshazzar grew up on Nebuchadnezzar’s knee. Nebuchadnezzar was Belshazzar’s grandfather, and like any doting grandfather he probably loved to tell his grandson the many unique experiences that he had gone through. There were the many war stories, the brave and courageous deeds that Nebuchadnezzar had accomplished along with his valiant army. There were the many great works that he had done for the building of the great city of Babylon. Nebuchadnezzar had definitely built the city of Babylon to a height that it had never known before, and that it has never attained since. Not only were the stories of courage and magnificence told, but also the many strange occurrences that had taken place during Nebuchadnezzar’s long and prosperous reign. There was nothing more unusual than the events that surrounded some of the Hebrew captives that he had brought back from his raid on Jerusalem. They were different from all of the other captives. He had taken hundreds and thousands of the pride of the Hebrew nation back to the mighty fortress of Babylon, but there was something different about these few. He knew something was totally different as soon as they arrived. They refused to eat the food that he had graciously provided for them. He had given them everything that they could want. He brought them back to the capital city of the greatest empire of that time, and then put them through an intensive training program. He planned on making them, along with the other captives, the counselors and ministers of his government. He was paying all of the expenses of the greatest teachers in the world just so he could have the best cabinet possible. The captives should be forever grateful to him for the high honor that he had bestowed upon them, but not so with these strange Hebrew captives. When they came to the dinner table, they refused to eat the repast that he had so graciously provided. The king had the best nutritionists in the world, yet these four young men seemed to think that they knew more than the most learned men in the field of nutrition. Amazingly enough, they were right! It was more than could be accounted for by the learned men of the day, but it was still true. The dean of the school had given them permission to eat only vegetables and water. Imagine! How could anyone develop mentally and physically by only eating vegetables! But they did, and at the end of that short trial period, “their countenance appeared better and fatter in flesh that all the young men who ate the portion of the king’s delicacies.” Daniel 1:15. Here were a few young men who would rather die than eat of the delicious delicacies with which the king had spread his table. There were the finest and rarest meats from around the world on that table. There were the rich cakes and sweets that the best chefs in Babylon had baked. There were the exotic and intoxicating wines that all of Babylon lusted after. And here were a few men who refused to join in the feast! It was surprising that anyone would not want to gorge themselves with the fancy foods and drinks that tempted the palette, but here were men who were willing to die rather than eat the delicious food. Odd indeed; but since they had proved themselves in just a few days to be more healthy than the others, they were allowed to continue with their singular diet. Then, wonder of all wonders, at the end of the training they were far superior to all of their other colleagues. “Then the king interviewed them, and among them all none was found like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah; therefore they served before the king. And in all matters of wisdom and understanding about which the king examined them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians and astrologers who were in all his realm.” Daniel 1:19, 20.

The odd and unexplainable circumstances did not stop with the unusual diet of these Hebrews, but each event became stranger and stranger. There was the remarkable dream that Nebuchadnezzar had. No doubt each time he heard the story of the dream, it puzzled little Belshazzar’s mind. The impression that had been left upon Grandfather Nebuchadnezzar was never afterward erased. It is not an everyday experience when the God of heaven sends you a dream and then blocks the remembrance of it from your mind. The importance and significance of the dream still weighed heavily upon the mind of Nebuchadnezzar, but in the morning, for some strange reason, he could not recall the dream. He knew that it had great importance, but he could not recall the details. He called his trusty counselors together and demanded that they divine for him both the dream and the interpretation. He was certain that if they could interpret dreams and omens, surely they would be able to tell the dream as well. He was wrong. Their response revealed their complete incapability. “The Chaldeans answered the king, and said, ‘There is not a man on earth who can tell the king’s matter; therefore no king, lord, or ruler has ever asked such things of any magicians, astrologer, or Chaldean. It is a difficult thing that the king requires, and there is no other who can tell it to the king except the gods, whose dwelling is not with flesh.” Daniel 2:10, 11. This answer was not acceptable to the king and his hasty decree went forward that all of his wise men should be killed. “For this reason the king was angry and very furious, and gave a command to destroy all the wise men of Babylon.” Daniel 2:12. Then those unusual Hebrews came to the forefront again. This time in an even more marked way than previously. “So Daniel went in and asked the king to give him time, that he might tell the king the interpretation.” Daniel 2:16. Daniel went directly to the king and asked for a night that he might fast and pray to the God of heaven to reveal the dream. Sure enough, in the morning Daniel confidently stepped up to the king with an answer, “The secret which the king has demanded, the wise men, the astrologers, the magicians, and the soothsayers cannot declare to the king. But there is a God in heaven who reveals secrets, and He has made known to King Nebuchadnezzar what will be in the latter days.” Daniel 2:27, 28. Then Daniel proceeded to relate the exact dream that Nebuchadnezzar had been given the previous night. As Daniel was explaining, the entire dream came back to Nebuchadnezzar and he knew that truly this God of heaven, whom Daniel talked about, had both given the dream and revealed it to his servant, Daniel. Not only did Daniel reveal the details of the dream that no one but the God of heaven could reveal, but he also gave the interpretation of this remarkable dream. How Nebuchadnezzar must have delighted in telling this unusual story to his wondering grandson, Belshazzar.

Then there was the great statue that Nebuchadnezzar had erected and commanded all peoples to bow down and worship. Perhaps one of the most dazzling and beautiful idols that had ever been made, stood there on the plain of Dura. No doubt, Nebuchadnezzar was proud of the dazzling, ninety-foot tall image that stood sparkling in the sunlight. Then he gave the command that all were to worship this great image. Once again the Hebrews stood in the limelight. When the masses of people on that large field prostrated themselves to the ground in worship of this beautiful image, there was three left standing. Who were they? None other than those stubborn Hebrews. The king was in a generous mood so he gave them a second chance, but they did not even take it. “If that is the case, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and He will deliver us from your hand, O king. But if not, let it be known to you, O king, that we do not serve your gods, nor will we worship the gold image which you have set up.” Daniel 3:17, 18. Firm as a rock they stood to principle, just as they had done with their diet, but this was too much for the king. He could not allow them to get away with this. His entire kingdom would be in jeopardy if he allowed this insubordination. He would make a public example of them, little knowing that they would be a public example to him. Into the furnace they were thrown. No more would he have to worry about those pesky Hebrews; they were gone now. But wait! They were not gone. They were walking around in the fire as if it were a stroll in the park! This was truly stranger than was anything anyone on that plain had seen before. Never had men been cast into a kiln, which had been heated to a white-hot heat, with no affect. Even if Nebuchadnezzar did not believe in the God that they followed, there was no denying it now–they served a powerful God! Nebuchadnezzar was sure to relate how it affected his heart, and how he almost chose to follow the God of Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-Nego, but alas, he turned away again. But God was not done with Nebuchadnezzar.

The most unusual thing of all was the judgment that rested upon Nebuchadnezzar himself. His grandfather might not only have told Belshazzar about this, but Belshazzar may even have witnessed it himself. God sent Nebuchadnezzar yet another dream in an attempt to wake him up to his spiritual condition, but Nebuchadnezzar still had not learned his lesson. Once again he called in his wise men, but they, of course, were completely unable to give an accurate interpretation of the dream. Finally Daniel came in. When the king related the dream to Daniel, he “was astonished for a time, and his thoughts troubled him.” Daniel 4:19. This dream did not present the empires of the world through history. This dream did not flatter the king’s ambition and pride. This dream was a stern rebuke, and threatened judgment if the king did not repent. But Nebuchadnezzar did not repent. “All this came upon King Nebuchadnezzar. At the end of twelve months he was walking about the royal palace of Babylon, and he spoke, saying, ‘Is not this great Babylon, that I have built for a royal dwelling by my mighty power and for the honor of my majesty?'” Daniel 4:28-30. Nebuchadnezzar prided himself in what he had done and gave none of the credit to God. As a result God took away his reason. “While the word was still in the king’s mouth, a voice fell from heaven: ‘King Nebuchadnezzar, to you it is spoken: the kingdom has departed from you! And they shall drive you from men, and your dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field. They shall make you eat grass like oxen; and seven times shall pass over you, until you know that the Most High rules in the kingdom of men, and gives it to whomever He chooses.’ That very hour the word was fulfilled concerning Nebuchadnezzar; he was driven from men and ate grass like the oxen; his body was wet with the dew of heaven till his hair had grown like eagles’ feathers and his nails like birds’ claws.” Daniel 4:31-33. Nebuchadnezzar refused to repent despite the merciful warning that God had given to him, and the awful calamity threatened, fell upon him. He went insane and was driven from beautiful Babylon that he had built. He was given grass to eat and he wandered through the wilderness as a mad man. What a fate for the most powerful monarch in the world. But God had a plan. Nebuchadnezzar, instead of being angry or embarrassed over the humiliating state of affairs, praised God for His goodness. Nebuchadnezzar could truly say, “all things work together for good.” Romans 8:28. It was through this most humbling experience that God was able to reach down to him and save him. Nebuchadnezzar had a true conversion experience. No longer did he throw his subjects into the furnace for obeying the God of heaven, but he praised and extolled the God of heaven. “Now I, Nebuchadnezzar, praise and extol and honor the King of heaven, all of whose works are truth, and His ways justice.” Daniel 4:37. Through this most humbling experience, Nebuchadnezzar learned to love and obey the God of heaven. As he told his grandson, Belshazzar, the terrible experience that he had gone through, we can be sure that he added warnings and cautions so that young Belshazzar would not follow the same dreadful path. Nebuchadnezzar had a true conversion experience, and as with everyone, who has had a true experience with the Lord, he longed for his friends and family to have this same experience so that they also might “taste and see that the Lord is good.” Psalms 34:8. It is certain that Nebuchadnezzar told of this experience with tears and pleadings that his precious family would listen and take heed, but Belshazzar did not.

Belshazzar had heard the stories of God’s miraculous workings over and over again, until it had seemed like an idle tale, but he went his own way. He determined that he would have fun and enjoy life for a while. Perhaps he intended to get right with God later, but the world seemed to offer so much. His heart had no doubt been convicted as his grandfather pled for him to follow the God of heaven before it was too late. Belshazzar might even have said that he would. Belshazzar had the knowledge. Belshazzar had the personal acquaintance with God’s miracle working power. Belshazzar knew what he needed to do, but he did it not, and unbeknownst to him, his last night on earth was soon to overtake him unprepared. The Bible gives a full description of Belshazzar’s last night on earth, not as an amusing story to tickle our fancy, but as a lesson, a solemn warning that all should heed lest their last night on earth end the same way.

It began as one of the gayest rounds of merriment with which Belshazzar had ever dazzled himself. Belshazzar was fond of feasts and licentiousness and frequently gave himself over to such debasing merriment, but this was a special night. This was a special festival, and nothing was to be held back. As the Bible records, “Belshazzar the king made a great feast for a thousand of his lords, and drank wine in the presence of the thousand.” Daniel 5:1. The Persian army had surrounded the city of Babylon and were planning to attack, but what did that matter to Belshazzar. Let the Persians die under the hot sun while he feasted inside. He cared neither for the Persians nor for the God of heaven. He would throw contempt upon both by recklessly disregarding their presence. He had food for years, walls higher than the Persians could mount, and the great river Euphrates supplying the city with water. What need he to fear? He would throw a great feast in defiance of the God of heaven whom his grandfather Nebuchadnezzar had served. He knew about the dream that an inferior kingdom would conquer Babylon, but he cast the convicting voice of conscience from his heart and gave himself fully over to feasting and revelry. He went even further in his blasphemy by bringing in the sacred vessels from the temple of Jerusalem. “While he tasted the wine, Belshazzar gave the command to bring the gold and silver vessels which his ancestor Nebuchadnezzar had taken from the temple which had been in Jerusalem, that the king and his lords, his wives, and his concubines might drink from them. Then they brought the gold vessels that had been taken from the temple of the house of God which had been in Jerusalem; and the king and his lords, his wives, and his concubines drank from them. The drank wine, and praised the gods of gold and silver, bronze and iron, wood and stone.” Daniel 5:2-4. Belshazzar showed the ultimate contempt for the God of heaven by profaning his sacred things. He recklessly brought the sacred vessels and polluted them with wine and gaiety, and did not know that this was to be his last night. How many today are following the same course as Belshazzar. They profane God’s holy things–His holy Sabbath day, His holy time, His holy money. What a fearful fate will meet all who, like Belshazzar, despise what God has set apart as holy. But Belshazzar did not care! The more wine the better. The more dainties the better. The more entrancing music, the better. The more wives and concubines, the better. He had made his decision to live for the world, and the world he would live for. Moses chose the opposite. “Choosing rather to suffer affliction with the people of God than to enjoy the passing pleasures of sin.” Hebrews 11:25. Moses chose to leave the court life of excitement and vain pleasures. He chose to take his stand with God’s people even if he had to endure trials and obstacles, but not so with Belshazzar. Belshazzar went the opposite way. He threw his lot in with the passing pleasure of sin. How many today follow the same pernicious course. The things of this world have such a hold upon them that not even Samson can shake them loose; and unknowingly they are headed at breakneck speed for their last night on earth.

Belshazzar’s last night did not end as he had thought, though. His laughing was turned into mourning in a matter of seconds. “In the same hour the fingers of a man’s hand appeared and wrote opposite the lamp stand on the plaster of the wall of the king’s palace; and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote. Then the king’s countenance changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his hips loosened and his knees knocked against each other.” Daniel 5:5, 6. In the midst of the mirth, a bloodless hand appeared next to the wall. It began to write in letters that all could trace, but none could read. Although, the words were unknown to all in the room, an awful silence fell upon that once boisterous crowd. None knew what was written, but all sensed that it spelled their doom. They knew what they had done. They knew the events that were common knowledge to all in the realm of Daniel’s God. They remembered the insanity that struck Nebuchadnezzar, and all were sure that the mysterious words on the wall were not a message of peace and safety.

As Belshazzar thought back upon his life and the thousands of times that the Lord had convicted his heart of which way to go, and he refused, his knees began to knock with fright. The expression of empty excitement vanished from his face and one of guilty terror took its place. He knew that he was guilty of the most heinous crimes against his Maker and he was without a shield. He feared that the fate of his grandfather, who he knew so well, would likewise be his; but a worse fate than Nebuchadnezzar’s hung over his head. The wise men were called, but as they had failed two times before, again they were unable to produce. Then Daniel, now a very old man, was called in. Sure enough, Daniel could read the fateful words clear as day, but he began by reminding Belshazzar of the wicked, forgetful course that he had followed. Then Daniel zeroed in and pointed out the crux of the matter. “But you his son, Belshazzar, have not humbled your heart, although you knew all this.” Daniel 5:22. Belshazzar knew what he needed to do, but he did it not. He had heard of Daniel, knew his life and words, but he did not follow them. As a result of this awful neglect, he came to his last night on earth unprepared. The mournful denunciation and message was faithfully given. Belshazzar knew it to be true, and “that very night Belshazzar, king of the Chaldeans, was slain.” Daniel 5:30. It was Belshazzar’s last night on planet earth. So ended, in frivolous mirth, the life that might have been a mighty power for good in the world.

How is it with you, friend? Are you on the same course that Belshazzar took? There are thousands, even millions, who know what they need to do, but do it not. Like Belshazzar, they rush on through life, unsuccessfully trying to drown the voice of conviction and duty in the vain and empty pleasures of this world. It is still there! Conviction still seizes the soul now and then, but it is brushed aside. There are so many excuses in our world, but you can be lost with a good excuse. The Word of God warns us about making excuses, “so that they are without excuse.” Romans 1:20. Every person is going to be without excuse. Every tongue will be stopped and every head hung low. There are more excuses now than a man can number. Every time that I think I have heard every excuse imaginable, then it is that I hear another one. It is not that people do not know what they need to do; it is that they, for one reason or another, do not want to do it. There is a cross involved in following our Lord all the way, but the cross only makes the crown more enjoyable. “For what will it profit a man if he gains the whole world, and loses his own soul?” Mark 8:36. Millions today are making the worst investment decision of all time. They are purchasing stock in this old, warn out world, instead of placing their hearts and means in the Bank of Heaven. Are you making that mistake? The Lord will not judge you for what you honestly do not know, but for what you knew, and did not do. Are you doing as Belshazzar did? Is the handwriting on the wall staring you straight in the face? Are you rushing to your last night on earth unprepared?

There is only one thing to do in order to be ready for that great day–do what you know you need to do. The Lord is not asking you do to that which you do not know, but that which you do know. “For if there is first a willing mind, it is accepted according to what one has, and not according to what he does not have.” II Corinthians 8:12. You are judged for the light that God has been pleased to give you and the use that you have made of that light. Are there new things that you have learned from God’s Word? Are you doing them? Perhaps you see the need to keep all of God’s Law. Maybe there are habits and practices that you desire to overcome. It could be that you know you need to be baptized, but have not made the decision yet. Whatever it is that the Lord is convicting you to do–do it! The Lord is looking for those who are willing to obey Him no matter what the cost or sacrifice. Are you willing to do what the Lord asks of you? God leads and guides us, as we are able to follow. He never asks us to do that which we cannot do. “I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me.” Philippians 4:13. If the Lord asks you to give up your job in order to follow Him, then He will give you the grace to endure. If it becomes necessary to leave friends and family behind, the Lord will amply supply the lack. Whatever the Lord asks of us, He also says, “My grace is sufficient for you.” II Corinthians 12:9. Friend, your last night on earth is coming, too. None know when it will be. It could be tomorrow. It could be tonight. Which path are you on? Will you join the lot of Belshazzar? Or will you do what you know you need to do?

Sodom’s Last Night

“Likewise as it was also in the days of Lot: They ate, they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, they built; but on the day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven and destroyed them all. Even so will it be in the day when the Son of Man is revealed. In that day, he who is on the housetop, let him not come down to take them away. And likewise the one who is in the field, let him not turn back. Remember Lot’s wife. Whoever seeks to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life will preserve it.” Luke 17:28-33. The last generation will all come to their last night on earth together. As a sudden, overwhelming surprise, it will break upon this world. Men and women will be engaged in their common ordinary pursuits. They will be buying and selling, building and tearing down. Planning for many more years to live out their dreams, but suddenly all their hopes, dreams and plans came to and end. It is their last night on earth.

So when Jesus comes the second time, it will be a sudden surprise to the inhabitants of the world. “For you yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so comes as a thief in the night. For when they say, ‘Peace and safety!’ then sudden destruction comes upon them, as labor pains upon a pregnant woman. And they shall not escape.” I Thessalonians 5:2, 3. When Jesus comes back it is going to be an overwhelming surprise for the billions of inhabitants of our little world. It, of course, is not to be a surprise to the faithful, for in verse 4 we are told, “But you, brethren, are not in darkness, so that this Day should overtake you as a thief.” Our last night on earth is not to be a surprise to the faithful, but tragically, many who think that they are prepared for their last night on earth are going to be surprised as was Sodom and Gomorrah, and find out, too late, that they have been duped. “Many will say to Me in that day, ‘Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Your name, cast out demons in Your name, and done many wonders in Your name?’ And then I will declare to them, ‘I never knew you; depart from Me you who practice lawlessness!'” Matthew 7:22, 23. Just like Sodom, many are going to come right up to their last night on earth and find out, too late, that they are lost. Then the mournful words will be uttered, “The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and we are not saved!” Jeremiah 8:20. There will be no second chances then, for “now is the day of salvation.” II Corinthians 6:2. Probation’s door will close suddenly, unexpectedly, and those who have not made the choice to follow the Lord all the way, will have sealed their doom by completely rejecting Him.

Sodom’s last night does not just show us that our last night on earth will be sudden and unexpected, but it shows the perilous danger of getting caught up in the things of this world. Millions are so busy with the things of the world that they have no thoughts for the things of eternity. They do not do the “wicked” things of the world, as Belshazzar did, but they are consumed by the cares of this life. They ate. They drank. They bought. They sold. They planted. They built. There is nothing wrong with any of these things. Obviously, if a person does not eat, he will die of starvation. If a person does not drink he will dehydrate. The Lord is not saying that it is wrong to do all of these things, but we can become so absorbed with these things that we forget about doing what the Lord asks us to do. “But take heed to yourselves, lest your hearts be weighed down with carousing, drunkenness, and cares of this life, and that Day come on you unexpectedly. For it will come as a snare on all those who dwell on the face of the whole earth. Watch therefore, and pray always that you may be counted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man.” Luke 21:34-36.

One of the many faults of the dwellers in Sodom and Gomorrah was that they were weighed down by the cares of this life. Are you weighed down by the cares of this life? How long has it been since you spent some quality time with just you and the Lord? Have you been praying and reading your Bible every day? Or are there so many tasks to do in a day that you rush from here to there, and by the end of the day you are so exhausted all that you can do is fall into bed? Remember that your last night is coming. Do you want to meet your Maker without having spent time with Him that day? Do you want the shadows of your last night to fall without praying to Him? The times in which we live tell that your last night is coming sooner that you think. It is almost here. Are you ready? Have you made your decision to follow Jesus no matter what the cost? Have you decided to follow and obey all that you know to be true? Brother, Sister, time is fleeting away. The longer you wait, the less time you have. Will you make the decision right now, before it is forever too late? Before your last night comes and goes without you being ready?

“Remember Lot’s wife.” Luke 17:32. It is a power packed three-word verse. Remember Lot’s wife. Lot’s wife came to her last night. She was warned that it was coming. She started to move out by faith, but then turned back and there she stood. She could go no more. With that one fatal longing look back, she sealed her destiny. Her last night came, and she stood still as a pillar of salt. Remember this. Remember her. Why? It will be the experience of millions. There are millions, and even billions, of people who profess Christianity. They claim to be Christians. They come out of the world to a certain extent, but they only come halfway. This was the tragic mistake of Lot’s wife. She heard the message to come out, and she hurried out, but that was not enough. She did not come all of the way out. Her heart was still back in Sodom, and her last night found her halfway between destruction and safety, and there she stayed. Do you remember Lot’s wife? Have you taken notice of what happened to her? Have you applied the lesson to your life? The Lord will accept no divided service. We are either completely for Him or totally against Him. “He who is not with Me is against Me, and he who does not gather with Me scatters abroad.” Matthew 12:30. There is no neutrality. You are either totally on one side or the other. All who attempt to go halfway between, will end up as Lot’s wife–lost in the middle. There are many people whom I have met who seem to think that God is not that particular, and that it is all right if we mix a little of the world with the church. There could be nothing further from the truth. If one foot is in the world and one foot is in the church, you will be divided in two. “No one, having put his hand to the plow, and looking back, is fit for the kingdom of God.” Luke 9:62. If you think that you can go to church, study your Bible, and pray, but not keep all of God’s Law and His Word, you are sadly mistaken, just as Lot’s wife was sadly mistaken. She thought because she had come most of the way out of Sodom that everything was fine, but she is lost because she did not come all of the way out of Sodom.

So today, God is calling His people to come ALL of the way out of Babylon. If a person remains in Babylon, or does not come all of the way out of Babylon, he will be lost just as Lot’s wife was. “Come out of her, my people, lest you share in her sins, and lest you receive of her plagues.” Revelation 18:4. Have you come all the way out of the Babylon? (Churches that continue to break one or more of the commandments of God’s Law.) God’s people in the last days are those who keep all of God’s Law no matter what the rest of the world does. They are described as, “those who keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” Revelation 14:12. They are the ones who have right to the tree of life. “Blessed are those who do His commandments, that they may have the right to the tree of life, and may enter through the gates into the city.” Revelation 22:14. They are the ones with whom the devil is enraged. “And the dragon was enraged with the woman, and he went to make war with the rest of her offspring, who keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.” Revelation 12:17. Are you willing to keep all of God’s Law no matter what the consequences may be? If not, Remember Lot’s wife. She went halfway, but not all the way, and as a result she is lost. Her last night found her halfway between the Lord and the world, with all its disobedience. Where will your last night find you? It will find billions at this halfway mark. Reader where are you? Please make the decision now to be fully on the Lord’s side, no matter what He asks of you.

The Last Night

There is, perhaps, no better illustration of the last night on earth than Noah’s day. “But as the days of Noah were, so also will the coming of the Son of Man be. For as in the days before the flood, they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered the ark, and did not know until the flood came and took them all away, so also will the coming of the Son of Man be.” Matthew 24:37-39. Jesus tells us that as it was in Noah’s day, so it will be when the He returns the second time. Well, what was it like in Noah’s day?

The wickedness had grown to such a level that God’s pure eyes could no longer look upon the evil rampant in the world. “Then the Lord saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every intent of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually. And the Lord was sorry that He had made man on the earth, and He was grieved in His heart.” Genesis 6:5, 6. The thoughts of mankind were continually evil. They had no room for God; their minds were bent to wickedness. Today, man lives for around eighty years, but in those days man lived for eight hundred years! Imagine the wickedness that man could dream up with ten times the amount of time on his hands. Habits were formed and the characters were set, and then there were hundreds of years to reveal what was inside the heart, and unfortunately for most, it was evil continually. Does this sound anything like today? Is man’s heart mesmerized with wickedness through television, movies, novels, etc.? If you turn on the television today, there is hardly a show that does not show violence, adultery or some other sin. Indeed man’s heart is evil continually today, as it was then.

As the Lord looked down upon the earth, he saw man, the crowning act of His creative power, so debased that in His mercy He knew that He had to check the rapid growth of wickedness. He knew that the only way that He could save some of mankind was to put a limit on His forbearance and destroy those who refused to repent. “And the Lord said, ‘My Spirit shall not strive with man forever, for he is indeed flesh; yet his days shall be one hundred and twenty years.'” Genesis 6:3. The Lord gave mankind a probation of one hundred and twenty years to turn from their wicked ways. The Scripture records that His Spirit was to strive with man. How the Holy Spirit must have strove. If man did not turn around, he was headed for doom. His last night on earth was coming, and millions were unprepared. How many times men and women heard the voice of duty convicting them of the way they needed to walk, but they refused. The Lord pled and pled, but to no avail. Man was bent on evil, and he would not turn around. Do you hear the Spirit striving on your heart? Do you hear the voice of conscience convicting you of what you need to do? Today, the Lord is pleading with all flesh just as He did in Noah’s day, because once again the last night on earth is coming, and coming soon. Do you hear the still small voice saying, “This is the way, walk ye in it?” Isaiah 30:21. It is the voice of God’s Spirit striving with you. Will you listen? Will you heed that voice? Soon it will be too late. A myriad of people on this earth are refusing to follow today, just as in Noah’s day, and just like Noah’s day, the vast multitudes of planet earth will be lost.

God did not leave the world without a witness then, and He has not left the world without a witness now. “But Noah found grace in the eyes of the Lord.” Genesis 6:8. There was a least one man in that wicked world whose ways were perfect before the God of heaven. To Noah was given one of the most difficult tasks ever given to a man. He was to stand unmoved for one hundred and twenty long years. God had given him the commission to build a boat for all who desired to be saved, and also to proclaim the message given him by God. “And did not spare the ancient world, but saved Noah, one of the eight people, a preacher of righteousness, bringing in the flood on the world of the ungodly,” II Peter 2:5. Noah was not just to be a shipbuilder; his more difficult task was that of being a preacher of righteousness. Noah was to build a boat where all could see, and call all men to come into the boat to be saved. He had a present truth message, “Come into the ark of safety?” All who refused this present truth message would be swept away with the torrents so soon to engulf the world. Noah built and Noah preached. Year after year he swung the hammer and sounded the warning. God would have all who would come to repentance, be saved. “As I live, says the Lord God, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that the wicked turn from his way and live.” Ezekiel 33:11. The Lord did not want any to perish in the coming judgment, but in His mercy, He knew it was the only way to save mankind. So He sent a strong message to go to every inhabitant of the world, warning them of what was coming and the way to escape. So today the Lord loves His children and does not desire that any perish, but He knows that the last night is coming and so He sends a message of warning to all. A message that, if accepted, will be a savor of life unto life, but if rejected a savor of death unto death. This stern and startling message that is to be given to all the world today is found in Revelation 14:6-12. “Then I saw another angel flying in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach to those who dwell on the earth–to every nation, tribe, tongue, and people–saying with a loud voice, ‘Fear God and give glory to Him, for the hour of His judgment has come; and worship Him who made heaven and earth, the sea and springs of water.’ And another angel followed, saying, ‘Babylon is fallen, is fallen that great city, because she has made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.’ Then a third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, ‘If anyone worship the beast and his image, and receives his mark on his forehead or on his hand, he himself shall also drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out full strength into the cup of His indignation. And he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels and in the presence of the Lamb. And the smoke of their torment ascends forever and ever; and they have no rest day or night, who worship the beast and his image, and whoever receives the mark of his name.’ Here is the patience of the saints; here are those who keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.”

This last message of mercy is present truth for today, just as the message to come into the ark was present truth for Noah’s day. If we reject this message, we have rejected the only message that will bring salvation in the last days. Our last night on earth will be one of gloom. The Lord longs for all to be saved, but the choice is yours. That is why He has waited this long. “The Lord is not slack concerning His promise, as some count slackness, but is longsuffering toward us, not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance.” II Peter 3:9. Is he waiting for you? Have you heeded this most important message? Are you in God’s ark of safety for the last days, or are you outside hoping to make it in someday? This last message is one that covers all the bases. It begins with the message that we are living in the very last days of this earth’s history, for God’s judgment has come. Since His judgment is here, it is paramount that we are living in obedience to all of the commandments and worshipping the Creator according to His will. If any will be saved they must come out of Babylon, the churches that continue to break God’s holy Law. Those who worship the beast power in any way will be lost. All who heed these messages will be saved, but those who refuse, as did the majority in Noah’s day, will find their last night filled with terror and darkness. God, in His love and mercy, gave the antediluvians a message of warning and so, today, the Lord has given us a message that our eternal destiny hinges upon. Which choice will you make? If you make no decision, you are already counted with the unbelievers, for to not make a decision at all, is to decide against. Will you heed this life and death message?

As I have thought of what Noah’s messages must have been like, I am certain that they were not like the popular sermons you hear in the churches of our land. His was a message distinct from all the other preachers. He had a message from heaven, and an intensity of desire that brought conviction to the hearers. A singular sight that certainly attracted a great deal of attention. With a hammer in one hand and the scrolls of the prophets in the other, he could give a message like thunder that brought his listeners to tears. No doubt he became the laughing stock of the world. Here was an old man spending all his wealth to build a mammoth boat on a hill. What good would a boat up there do? This poor man appeared to have gone insane, but he had a message from the Most High and he knew what he was doing. The scoffing and ridicule that he met must have been almost more than the old man could bear, but he faithfully went about his task whether his friends and colleagues would listen or not. He had a message from heaven, and nothing was going to hinder him from fulfilling his task. This message had to go to the entire world, to warn them of impending doom, and no doubt some accepted the message, but the vast majority would have no such thing. Surely, there were those in the crowds who were convicted that Noah’s message was heaven sent and decided to follow and obey. They had good intentions. They knew what they needed to do, but they thought that they would do it a little later. They had so much going on just then, they couldn’t give up their jobs and their families. When the time got a little closer, then they would heed the call. On they went, planning on heeding the message, desiring to heed the message, but never quite coming to the point of decision. “Later,” they thought, “when it gets more convenient, then I will follow.” But day followed day, and the days turned into weeks which gave way to months, and then year after year rolled on. Still with good intentions, they did not know that their last night was coming. Noah’s urgency began to increase, for he knew the time period was almost over. On they went, thousands, millions, planning on making their decision–later. Then the final signs began to take place. The dumb animals knew that there was no time to delay, but the poor deceived souls went on thinking they still had plenty of time. Finally the time came for Noah to give his last message, and oh, what a message that must have been. With every ounce of energy he had left, he gave that final warning, calling for all to make their decision before it was forever too late. He gave his final appeal. He called and called. He knew that this was the last chance. He knew that their last night on earth had nearly arrived and if they did not make their decision now, it would be forever too late, but none came forward. They had heard that call so many times that it just didn’t have the solemnity that it used to have. They had ignored the voice of conscience so long that there was no response. It barely affected them. “Later,” they still said, but it was too late. When Noah saw that there were none who would heed, he gathered together his family and entered the ark. Probably tears were in his eyes as he thought of his friends, his neighbors, his relatives who had refused the call, but Noah had done his part and he could do no more. The message had been given. He could not force them to be saved. “So those that entered, male and female of all flesh, went in as God had commanded him; and the Lord shut him in.” Genesis 7:16. As Noah and his sons and their wives were in the ark, that massive door swung shut and probation had closed. Those who were inside the ark were safe, but the millions around the door were lost. They probably beat on the door with all their might, but it would not open to them. They had their chance. They made their decision. They procrastinated until it was too late. Their destiny was set. Their fate was sealed.

Probation’s door is soon to close for you and for me. Are we ready? Have we made our decision? Are we living up to all that the Lord has commanded us to do? Soon the words will rumble through the courts above, “He who is unjust, let him be unjust still; he who is filthy, let him be filthy still; he who is righteous, let him be righteous still; he who is holy, let him be holy still.” Revelation 22:11. As in Noah’s day, soon the door will be shut. Those who are standing fully on the Lord’s side will be pronounced righteous and holy still. All of the attacks of the enemy will no longer have any power over them, for they will be eternally secure, but it will not be so for those who procrastinated. Those who delayed making the decision to follow Jesus all the way will have an entirely different fate. They are unjust and filthy still. No more can they choose to follow the Lord, for they have delayed until it was too late. Which side will you be on? Your last night is coming. Probation’s door is soon to close. Is your title clear? Is your decision made? Have you decided to follow Jesus no matter what the cost? Have you decided to keep all of His commandments, regardless of what the world does? Brother, Sister, your decision will determine your destiny. There were hundreds of thousands in Noah’s day who were good people, who wanted to be saved, but who never left the valley of decision and thus were drowned in the deluge.

Your Last Night

With one gushing swipe, the last night on earth came to millions in Noah’s day, and so it will be again. As it was in the days of Noah, so also will it be in the coming of the Son of Man. Millions again will experience their last night on earth together, when Jesus returns to execute judgment on the disobedient. Your last night on earth is coming. Believe it or not, like it or not, it is still coming, and coming fast. It is the most solemn time in the history of our planet, for the world is soon to end, and the inhabitants know it not. You know it, what are you going to do about it? You must make a decision. It is the only logical thing to do. If you do it not, your last night might steal upon you as a mammoth surprise.

I was visiting a couple of ladies who had gone all the way through a prophecy seminar that we had held. They had heard the last message, but they hadn’t quite made a decision. They saw that it was true. They knew what the Bible said, but they had not taken the step of faith to fully follow the Lord no matter what. I longed for them to be saved and visited them again. That afternoon we visited and had a pleasant time. There were questions for which they wanted answers, and many other things were discussed. As it came time to go, I appealed to them again to give their hearts to the Lord and to follow Him no matter what. I appealed for them to be ready for their last night on earth. I knew that there were still problems that needed to be worked out, and so we set up Bible studies for the following week; but I still longed for them to make a decision that very afternoon to allow nothing to stand between them and eternity. When I returned the following week, one of the ladies had passed away. She had spent her last night on earth. When I made that appeal for them to be ready for Jesus’ Second Coming, neither I, nor they, knew that her last night was almost here. It was, perhaps, the final appeal that she heard. The last call to follow Jesus no matter what. What about you, friend? If your last night were to be tonight, would you be ready? Do not delay, for delay is from the devil. None of us know how long we have, but we do know that time is running out. Will you make your decision to follow Jesus all the way no matter what? Will you make the decision to follow His Word regardless of what He asks?

Two thousand years ago there was a man who delayed making his decision, and that delay cost him his eternal life. “Now he reasoned about righteousness, self-control, and the judgment to come, Felix was afraid and answered, ‘Go away for now; when I have a convenient time I will call for you.'” Acts 24:25. Felix was convicted of what he needed to do, but he procrastinated. He put it off. He thought that he still had many years to turn around. When it became a little easier, then he would follow Jesus. He had so much going on. He couldn’t give up his kingdom, his honor, his wealth, and his prestige right now. Maybe later. Maybe at a more convenient time, but that more convenient time never came. Felix is a lost man. Not because he never heard, but because he heard and waited. Because he knew what he needed to do, and did it not. He made the tragic mistake of delay. Friend, you cannot delay. Please do not put it off. The time is coming in which it will be too late, and all who want to make a decision will not be able to do so then. It will be forever too late. Their last night on earth will close, and the book of destiny will be shut, nevermore to be opened again. Where will you be? Will you make your decision now?

“Thus says the Lord God: ‘A disaster, a singular disaster; Behold, it has come! An end has come, the end has come!” Ezekiel 7:5, 6. Very soon these words will be said. They are still future right now, for probation’s seconds still linger, but that will not be forever. Imagine the terror of the millions who exclaim, “The end has come!” They knew it was coming. They knew that they needed to make a decision, but they put it off. Now they know that they are lost without an excuse. They know that they waited too long, and now there is no more time left. They are outside the ark awaiting fearful judgment and condemnation. The end is come, the end is come! The last night is here! Oh, where will you be? Will you be among those who cry in abject terror that the end is come and it is too late? Or will you be among those who have made the decision to follow their Lord no matter what the cost and now they are rewarded according to their works? (See Matthew 16:27.) There are two sides and no more. Those who praise the Lord that their last night has come and that eternity has begun, and those who slink in fear and self-condemnation for they know that “the harvest is past, the summer is ended, and we are not saved!” Jeremiah 8:20. Which side will you be on? It all depends upon the decision that you make now. If you wait until later, later may never come. What will your decision be? “And if it seems evil to you to serve the Lord, choose for yourselves this day who you will serve…, But as for me and my house, we will serve the Lord.” Joshua 24:15.

All emphasis the authors unless otherwise stated.
All texts from the King James Version unless otherwise noted.

Sources:

  • The Great Controversy, Ellen G. White, 1911.
  • His Mighty Love, Dr. Ralph Larson, Teach Services, 1995.
  • Seventh-day Adventist Bible Commentary, Review & Herald Publishing Association, 1979.
  • Your Last Night on Earth, Joe Crews, published by Amazing Facts.
  • World-Wide Bible Lectures, Fordyce W. Detamore.

If you would like to reprint or translate this book please contact Steps to Life for permission.
Copyright ©1999 by Steps to Life

Click here to view other exciting posts on Bible Prophecy from Steps to Life.

Your Last Chance to be Saved

by Cody Francis

Your Last Chance to be SavedOur world keeps racing on. We have coined the term the “rat race” to describe our race of life. Everyone is busy and has so much to do. There is a living to make, a house to clean, meals to prepare, automobiles to maintain, children’s activities to attend, and on and on the list goes. We go through the routines scarcely thinking about anything other than how to make it through the day. So it was thousands of years ago. “Likewise as it was also in the days of Lot: They ate, they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, they built; but on the day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven and destroyed them all. Even so will it be when the Son of Man is revealed.” Luke 17:28-30. When Sodom was destroyed, the focus of every mind was right here on the things of this earth–eating, drinking, buying, selling, etc. They were too busy to think of eternal realities and did not know that they were speeding toward their last chance to be saved. Their eternal destiny was soon to be forever decided. It was soon to be forever fixed in the unchangeable records of heaven. It is the same today. The prophecies of both Daniel and Revelation focus upon this most solemn time in this earth’s history–the time of judgment. The judgment has eternal consequences for every person that has ever lived upon this earth, yet rarely does this most important event even enter our minds. We rush on through life little realizing that, very soon, our eternal destiny will be forever decided. This fixing of every man, woman and child’s destiny is one of the most awesome and fearful events ever to occur. We cannot, with safety, overlook the importance and solemnity of this event, because it is our last chance to be saved. Thus, God’s Great Judgment Day is a topic that demands our attention and careful study.

The Hour of His Judgment

Revelation tells us of three last messages that are to go to the entire world. In these three messages is contained the last message of mercy to the perishing world. God, through these messages, is pleading to His people. These messages must not be overlooked, for if we overlook them, we are overlooking the loving God who is sending them to us. Our decision upon these messages will determine our eternal destiny. In the very first of these messages, the truth and importance of the judgment is forced home upon our minds. “Then I saw another angel flying in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach to those who dwell on the earth–to every nation, tribe, tongue, and people–saying with a loud voice, ‘Fear God and give glory to Him, for the hour of His judgment has come; and worship Him who made heaven and earth, the sea and springs of water.'” Revelation 14:6, 7. This angel [or messenger, the Greek word angelos means “messenger”] has a most startling message that goes to the entire earth. He is not commissioned to take this message to one privileged part of the world, but it is his work to take this message to every inhabitant. God attaches such importance to this message that, He decrees that it must go to every corner of the earth, and the central point of this message is that the hour of God’s judgment has come. We are exhorted to worship the Creator specifically because His judgment has now come. Apparently, God’s judgment begins while the hubbub of life is still going on! The judgment has to be going on while the earth is still inhabited with nations, tribes, etc. for it would be futile to send a message if there was no one to send it to. Could it possibly be, then, that the great judgment day is now going on? Is it possible that the hour of God’s judgment has already begun?

“Because He has appointed a day on which He will judge the world in righteousness by the Man whom He has ordained. He has given assurance of this to all by raising Him from the dead.” Acts 17:31. Paul was a deep student of prophecy and he knew that God had appointed a day for the judgment to begin. We know that we will not know when the Second Coming will occur, for Jesus said, “But of that day and hour no one knows, no, not the angels of heaven, but My Father only.” Matthew 24:36. We will not know the time for the Second Coming. We can rest assured that if anyone tries to tell us that they know when the Second Coming will be, they are a false prophet, for no one knows the day nor the hour of Jesus Second Coming. But we are told that there is a set day for the judgment to begin. God has furthermore promised, “Surely the Lord God does nothing, unless He reveals His secret to His servants, the prophets.” Amos 3:7. Since there is an appointed day for the judgment to begin, and the Lord will do nothing without telling us through the prophets, and since a message goes to all the world saying that the judgment has come, we can conclude that God has revealed, somewhere, in the prophetic writings of the Bible when His Great Judgment Day will begin. It is only left for us, with the aid of the Holy Spirit, to dig deep and find out when and where it is.

Paul was very clear that there was going to be a time for the judgment, but at the same time he knew that it was not in his day. “Now, as he reasoned about righteousness, self-control, and the judgment to come, Felix was afraid and answered, ‘Go away for now; when I have a convenient time I will call for you.'” Acts 24:25. As Paul was giving his defense before Felix [which turned into an appeal for Felix to give his heart to the Lord], a powerful part of his argument was the judgment to come. In Paul’s day, the judgment was still to come. This is repeated again and again throughout the Scriptures. “But the Lord shall endure forever; He has prepared His throne for judgment. He shall judge the world in righteousness, and He shall administer judgment for the peoples in uprightness.” “Assuredly, I say to you, it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of judgment than for that city!” Psalms 9:7, 8; Matthew 10:15. The Psalmist, Jesus, and Paul testify that the judgment was still in the future; but nearly two thousand years have transpired since then, is that still the case?

This is not the only information that we have about when the judgment will come. It is an unarguable fact, that the judgment had not occurred in David’s, Jesus’ or Paul’s day, but it must occur before Jesus comes again. “He who is unjust; let him be unjust still; he who is filthy, let him be filthy still; he who is righteous, let him be righteous still; he who is holy, let him be holy still. And behold, I am coming quickly and My reward is with Me, to give to every one according to his work.” Revelation 22:11, 12. The final decree of the judgment is here recorded. The solemn declaration that it is too late to change. Those who have followed in the course of sin will stay that way, and those who have chosen to follow Jesus, no matter what, will be pronounced righteous and holy still. But then, directly after this closing decree of the judgment is given, Jesus says that He is coming quickly. Jesus’ Second Coming occurs right after the judgment closes. Furthermore, Jesus says that His reward is with Him. If he is coming again and His reward is with Him, it must have already been decided in the judgment who was given the reward and what reward they were given. Without a doubt then, the judgment takes place BEFORE Jesus comes again. Thus not only was the judgment still future in the apostles day, but it must take place shortly before Jesus comes again. Could we be in this most solemn event right now?

The Judgment in Heaven

“I watched till thrones were put in place, and the Ancient of Days was seated; his garment was white as snow, and the hair of His head was like pure wool. His throne was a fiery flame, its wheels a burning fire; a fiery stream issued and came forth from before Him. A thousand thousands ministered to Him; Ten thousand times ten thousand stood before Him. The judgment was seated, and the books were opened.” Daniel 7:9, 10, margin. In verses 3 to 8, the successive rise and fall of the great empires of Bible prophecy is pictured, along with the rise of the anti-christ power in verse 8; then the next major event that Daniel sees happening is the judgment of God. This judgment does not occur on this earth, for the Son of Man is said to come to the Ancient of Days [the Father]. “I was watching in the night visions, and behold, one like the Son of Man, coming with the clouds of heaven! He came to the Ancient of Days, and they brought Him near before Him.” Daniel 7:13. This is a judgment that occurs in heaven with Jesus [the Son of Man] and the Father [the Ancient of Days] and all of the myriads of angels assisting and watching with intense interest. It does not take place here on this earth, but rather takes place in heaven. (Subpoenaed to the Trial of Life is the first booklet on the judgment in this series and thoroughly discusses why the judgment, what goes on in the judgment, who the players are in the judgment, the results of the judgment, etc. It may be helpful to read that booklet first.)

John likewise saw the judgment beginning in heaven. “The nations were angry, and Your wrath has come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that you should reward Your servants the prophets and the saints, and those who fear Your name, small and great, and should destroy those who destroy the earth. Then the temple of God was opened in heaven, and the ark of His covenant was seen in His temple.” Revelation 11:18, 19. John saw when the time came for the dead to be judged, and notice that it is associated with the temple of God, which is in heaven. Once again, it is seen that this judgment takes place in heaven shortly before Jesus comes again the second time. (Revelation 22:11, 12.)

2300 Days

The book of Daniel is a progressive book; it is continually building upon the last vision. In Daniel 2, the rise and fall of the four successive empires is portrayed. Then in Daniel 7 the view is expanded to include the anti-christ and also the judgment. In Daniel 8 the scene becomes much fuller yet. Not only are the empires and the anti-christ foretold, but the climax of the vision zeroes in and pinpoints the judgment. “Then I heard a holy one speaking; and another holy one said to that certain one who was speaking, ‘How long will the vision be, concerning the daily sacrifices and the transgression of desolation, the giving of both the sanctuary and the host to be trampled underfoot?’ And he said to me, ‘For two thousand three hundred days; then the sanctuary shall be cleansed.'” Daniel 8:13, 14. In verses 3, 4 a ram is pictured, which represented Medo-Persia. (verse 20) The Medo-Persian empire lasted from around 538-331 BC. After that, in verses 5-8 there is shown a male goat which is none other than Greece, (verse 21) and Alexander the Great, its first king. The Grecian empire ruled from approximately 331-168 BC. In verses 9-11 is shown a little horn arising from one of the four winds, which history reveals to be the Roman Empire. The Roman Empire continued to rule from about 168 BC to AD 476. (For a much fuller description and history see Steps to Life’s booklet, Why Hitler Lost.) After that, by comparing II Thessalonians 2:3, 4; Daniel 7:25; Revelation 13:5-7 with verse 12 is seen the anti-christ power, or the papacy. The Papacy continued from AD 538-1798. (For a Scriptural documentation on the anti-christ power see Steps to Life’s booklet, Surviving the Great Tribulation.) After Daniel was shown these earthly powers that had trampled upon God’s people, who were persecuting those who were following God’s Word all of the way, he was shown two holy beings in conversation regarding these desolating powers to come to God’s people. The assurance was given that “For two thousand three hundred days; then the sanctuary shall be cleansed.” Daniel 8:14. Thus, sometime after 1798 a process was going to begin that was the means of delivering God’s people from the persecuting powers. What is this process? Daniel 7 the chapter that Daniel 8 was building upon, answers that question for us. “But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, [the anti-christ power that has worn out the saints, verse 25] to consume and to destroy it unto the end. And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him.” Daniel 7:26, 27. It is the JUDGMENT that sits and takes away the powers that have persecuted God’s people, and gives the kingdom to God’s true people.

Just as Paul preached, and as John saw in heaven, there is a prophecy that tells us when the judgment begins. It is perhaps the focal point of the book of Daniel. “And he said to me, ‘For two thousand three hundred days; then the sanctuary shall be cleansed.” Daniel 8:14. The time period here given is the longest prophetic time period given in the Bible. It covers a vast amount of time, for the angel Gabriel in explaining it says, “And the vision of the evening and morning which was told is true; therefore seal up the vision, for it refers to many days in the future.” Daniel 8:26. The part of the vision of the two thousand three hundred days [literally “evenings and mornings”] is true, but it is for many days in the future. Two thousand three hundred days may not seem like such a long time to us. After all, it is only a little less than six and a half years, but there is something that we must always remember when studying Bible prophecy. The prophecies are given in symbols. Obviously, a ram and male goat do not make any sense to us unless we understand that they symbolically represent their respective nations. So, a day in Bible prophecy is a symbol that is used again and again. A day in Bible prophecy represents a year. “According to the number of the days in which you spied out the land, forty days, for each day you shall bear your guilt one year, namely forty years, and you shall know My rejection.” Numbers 14:34. “I have laid on you a day for each year.” Ezekiel 4:6. The children of Israel were forced to wander in the wilderness for forty years. God did not just pick a number out of a hat. It was how long the spies were spying out Canaan, and because of their unbelief, they were required to wander for forty years. It was one day for a year. It was the same with Ezekiel. The Lord had him lay on his side a day for each year. Thus we see a principle that comes up again and again throughout Daniel and Revelation–a day in Bible prophecy equals a year. Then it isn’t so hard for us to understand why Gabriel said that the prophecy was for many days in the future. It was not just six and a half years; it was for two thousand three hundred years. A long prophecy that extends many days into the future!

The Explanation

As we notice in Daniel 8, all of the vision is explained in the latter part of the chapter. Not just are the symbols given, but in some instances, the empires themselves are given by name. Gabriel was explaining this vision in very straightforward terms, but then something happened. Gabriel began to explain the part of the vision referring to the two thousand three hundred years (verse 26), but Daniel could bear it no longer. “And I, Daniel, fainted and was sick for days; afterward I arose and went about the king’s business. I was astonished by the vision, but no one understood it.” Daniel 8:27. Daniel’s concern for this latter part of the vision was so great that when Gabriel began to explain it to him, he fainted. It then became useless for Gabriel to continue explaining the vision, since Daniel had fainted. You cannot explain something to someone who has fainted. The explanation of the twenty three hundred days/years was stopped. Then Daniel states that no one understood the vision. What part did they not understand? Did the ram confuse them? No, it was clearly explained to be Medo-Persia. Did the male goat astonish them? No, it was emphatically explained to be Greece. What part was causing the consternation? The only part of the vision that was not explained–the two thousand three hundred days/years.

As this was something that was terribly distressing to Daniel, he did what all Christians should do when they do not understand something. He studied God’s Word and sought the Lord earnestly in prayer. In Daniel 9:4-19 is recorded the beautiful prayer of repentance and confession for the sins of Daniel’s people. Then in answer to Daniel’s prayer, Gabriel returned (verse 21) saying, “O Daniel, I have now come forth to give you skill to understand. At the beginning of your supplications the command went out, and I have come to tell you, for you are greatly beloved; therefore consider the matter, and understand the vision:” Daniel 9:22, 23. Daniel was in great perplexity regarding the vision of the two thousand three hundred days/years, and so had he pled with the Lord for forgiveness and understanding. In answer to Daniel’s strong supplications, Gabriel returned with a message of comfort and hope that he was going to give him skill to understand the vision. Then he begins his explanation.

“Seventy weeks are determined for your people and for your holy city, to finish the transgression, to make an end of sins, to make reconciliation for iniquity, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy, and to anoint the Most Holy. Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until Messiah the Prince, shall be seven weeks and sixty-two weeks;” Daniel 9:24, 25. Seventy weeks are “cut off” [the Hebrew word, chathak literally means “cut off”] for the Jewish people and for the earthly city of Jerusalem. How does seventy weeks being “cut off” explain the previous vision of the twenty-three hundred days/years? Gabriel is telling Daniel that the seventy weeks of prophetic time are cut out of the original twenty-three hundred days/years. Thus, if we can determine the starting date for the seventy prophetic weeks, we will also have the starting date for the twenty-three hundred days/years.

By looking at the seventy weeks, we see that there is indeed a clear starting point given. “Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and rebuild Jerusalem, until Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks and sixty-two weeks” Daniel 9:25. It could not be stated clearer. When the decree is given to restore and rebuild Jerusalem, this is when the time period of the seventy weeks is to begin, and consequently that is when the two thousand three hundred days/years would begin as well. It was when the decree was given to both restore and rebuild Jerusalem that this great time period, extending to the judgment, was to begin. As we turn to the pages of Scripture again, we see that there was indeed a decree given for the restoration and the rebuilding of Jerusalem. At the time the vision was given, Jerusalem was destroyed, the temple was in ruins and the land of Israel was basically uninhabited. But within a few years that would begin to change. When this change occurred the prophetic time periods were to begin.

By turning to the book of Ezra we see the actual decree recorded for future generations. God made sure that these time periods were recorded in His Word, because He knew we would need these decrees in order to understand the seventy week prophecy and the prophecy that gives the starting date for the great judgment day. “So the elders of the Jews built, and they prospered through the prophesying of Haggai the prophet and Zechariah the son of Iddo. And they built and finished it, according to the commandment of the God of Israel, and according to the command of Cyrus, Darius, and Artaxerxes king of Persia.” Ezra 6:14. Ezra records for us that there were actually three decrees given commanding to rebuild the broken down city of Jerusalem. Which of the decrees marks the starting time for these time periods? While there were three decrees, there was actually only one that fits the two prerequisites in Daniel 9–“to restore and rebuild.” The first two dealt with the rebuilding of the temple and the city, but there was only one that both restored and rebuilt Jerusalem. This is the last decree given by Artaxerxes. The entire decree is recorded in Ezra 7:12-26. In this decree is found encouragement for the Jews who desired to return to Jerusalem to do so (verse 13, 14.) There are provisions given for rebuilding of the temple (verse 19-22) and then there is the setting up of magistrates and judges to “judge all the people that are beyond the river” (verse 25, KJV) and the exemption of the workers at the temple from “tax, tribute, or custom.” (verse 24.) This decree, then, not only commands and provides for the rebuilding of the temple and Jerusalem, but it also restores, to a certain extent, the liberty and the self-government of the Jewish people. Thus, it is the only decree that matches the requirements given in Daniel 9, and the date that we must use for the reckoning of the prophecies. When was this decree given? Once again, the Bible is not silent on this, either. “And Ezra came to Jerusalem in the fifth month, which was in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes.” Ezra 7:8. History bears out that the first year of Artaxerxes’ reign was in 464 BC, thus the seventh year would be 457 BC (464 – 7 = 457.) It was in the fifth month of the seventh year, or around the fall of 457 BC that Ezra came to Jerusalem and the decree was able to go into effect. By the study of the Bible and history, then, we have been able to arrive at the date that was given for the beginning of the prophecies–457 BC.

The Messiah’s Ministry and Death

It would be well for us to briefly review the seventy weeks of Daniel 9, before looking more in depth into the two thousand three hundred days/years. [A much fuller study to the seventy weeks is found in Steps to Life’s booklet, The Rapture and Israel’s Future]. The seventy weeks and the twenty three hundred days/years are inseparably connected. They both begin at the same starting date. They both deal with the sanctuary. (Daniel 8:14; 9:24.) One foretells the first phase of the plan of salvation, the other predicts the second and final phase. One prophesies of the Saviour’s earthly ministry, the other tells of the Saviour’s heavenly ministry. One happens on this earth and “seals up the vision and prophecy” (9:24) so we can be certain that the second, which happens in heaven, will occur.

In the explanation of the twenty three hundred days/years, Gabriel begins by telling Daniel that there are seventy weeks allotted to the Jewish people and to their city, Jerusalem. It was during these seventy weeks that they were to finish the end of sins, etc. Israel had been in rebellion against God from day one. The Lord had loved them and taken them as his own special people, but they were continuing to rebel against their loving God. Daniel was afraid that because of Israel’s continued rebellion and backsliding, the Lord would cast them away altogether. Daniel had pled that the Lord would hear and forgive Israel’s sins again. Gabriel, in answer to Daniel’s consternation regarding the twenty-three hundred days and his concern that God was going to disown his people, said that God was still going to give Israel another seventy weeks to repent and turn to Him. Seventy weeks is not a very long time–only 490 days [70 weeks x 7 days in a week = 490 days] or less than a year and a half to be exact, but we must remember the prophetic day for a year principle. (Numbers 14:34; Ezra 4:6.) Not 490 literal days, but 490 prophetic years. Thus God was going to bear with His rebellious people for another 490 years (Matthew 18:21, 22.) During this time, He was going to work for them in a way that He had not done before–He was going to send His own Son to call them to repentance.

“Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the command to restore and build Jerusalem until Messiah the Prince, there shall be seven weeks and sixty-two weeks; the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublesome times.” Daniel 9:25. There was going to be sixty-nine weeks until the Messiah was to come. Sixty-nine weeks would be 483 prophetic years [69 weeks x 7 days in a week = 483 days or prophetic years]. Reckoning from the starting point of 457 BC and adding 483 years, it brings us down to AD 27. [483 – 457 BC = AD 26; but then you must add one year to account for the absence of a zero year in the BC/AD time-line, so 26 + 1 = AD 27.] Sure enough, we find that exactly at the appointed time Jesus was baptized and anointed to His mission as the Messiah. [“Messiah” is a Hebrew word meaning “anointed one,” just as “Christ” is a Greek word meaning “anointed one.”] At Jesus’ baptism, He was anointed with the Holy Spirit (Acts 10: 37, 38.) His baptism occurred, as divinely predicted, in the fifteenth year of Tiberius Caesar. (Luke 3:1-3, 21, 22.) The fifteenth year of Tiberius Caesar was none other than AD 27. The Lord had revealed five hundred years earlier, to His prophet Daniel, the exact time of Jesus’ baptism.

The prophecy did not end with Jesus’ baptism, though. It predicted an even more important event. “And after sixty-two weeks [the seven weeks was how long it took to rebuild Jerusalem and after the rebuilding of Jerusalem, as brought to view in the last part of verse 25, it would only be another sixty-two weeks] Messiah shall be cut off, but not for Himself;” Daniel 9:26. The Messiah was going to be cut off! Being cut off is a clear reference to His death. “He was cut off from the land of the living;” Isaiah 53:8. Sometime during the seventieth week the Messiah was to die for the sins of the people, but it zeroes in and gives us the exact time that He was to be “cut off.” “Then He shall confirm a covenant with many for one week; but in the middle of the week He shall bring an end to sacrifice and offering.” Daniel 9:27. In the middle of the week, a stop was put to sacrifice and offering. How did this happen? Jesus died on the cross as our spotless lamb of God and it is now futile to offer sacrifices, because He, the Great Sacrifice, has already been offered for us. “Sacrifice and offering You did not desire, but a body You have prepared for Me. In burnt offerings and sacrifices for sin You had no pleasure… then He said, ‘Behold, I have come to do Your will, O God.’ He takes away the first that He may establish the second.” Hebrews 10:5, 6, 9. When Jesus came and died on the cross for us, He took away the first covenant with all its animal sacrifices, and thus brought “an end to sacrifice and offering.” This occurred exactly in the middle of the week just as the Lord had foretold. One half of a week is three and a half days, which in prophecy would equate to three and a half years. By adding three and a half years to the beginning of Jesus’ ministry, we come to the spring of AD 31, the exact time when Jesus offered up Himself for our sins. [Adding three years to the fall of AD 27 brings us to the fall of AD 30; and adding another half year takes us over into the spring of AD 31]. Prophecy was fulfilled to the very day.

At Jesus’ ascension into heaven, the “Most Holy,” Jesus were anointed to the priestly and mediatorial work that began then. (Daniel 9:24; Hebrews 1:8, 9; 7:28 KJV.) Thus, Daniel 9 had predicted, not only the life and ministry of the Son of God, but also the beginning of His work in heaven. Jesus began His intercessory work for His people, but then at the end of the seventieth week, in AD 34, when Stephen was stoned, He stood in judgment upon His unrepentant people. (Acts 7:56; Ezekiel 44:24) Israel had refused to repent and now the fearful consequences had come. Instead of receiving and accepting God’s own Son, they nailed Him to the cross. Instead of believing the messages of warning that the Lord sent through His apostles on the day of Pentecost and afterward, they stoned them. Probation had closed upon the nation of Israel and now the gospel began to go to the Gentiles. (Acts 8:4; 9:15; 10:28.) The seventy weeks had ended. The events that had been predicted five hundred years earlier happened to the very letter of what God had said. The “vision and the prophecy” was sealed up. (Daniel 9:24) The events that were to occur on this earth happened exactly as predicted, and it was certain that the previous vision of the two thousand three hundred days/years which was to occur in heaven would be fulfilled to the very letter as well.

When Does the Judgment Begin?

Having briefly investigated the seventy weeks, it is now important to go back to the two thousand three hundred days/years and see how the seventy weeks fit into the twenty-three hundred days/years. We have seen that the seventy weeks were “cut off” from the twenty-three hundred years, and consequently, the starting time for the seventy weeks would be the same starting time for the twenty-three hundred years. Having seen from history, and the Bible, that the starting date is 457 BC, all that we should need to do is calculate the time in order to discover when the judgment begins. Adding two thousand three hundred days to 457 BC brings us up to AD 1844. (2300 – 457 = 1843 + 1 year to account for the missing zero year = 1844) The same date is arrived at by adding the remaining 1810 years (2300 – 490 = 1810) to AD 34, the end of the seventy weeks that were cut off from the twenty-three hundred days. (1810 + 34 AD = 1844.) However you look at it, the only feasible date that the two thousand three hundred days/years could end is in 1844. There is no other starting date that can be found other than 457 BC. There is no other time period that the seventy weeks could have been “cut off” from, than the two thousand three hundred days/years. There is no other vision that Gabriel could have been explaining in Daniel 9, than the unexplained vision of Daniel 8, or the two thousand three hundred days/years. The two thousand three hundred days/years cannot be taken as literal days, for Daniel 9 is an explanation of Daniel 8. There is not even the remotest possibility of thinking that the seventy weeks are literal days. Would God give such an important prophecy as the twenty-three hundred days/years without giving a starting date? Would Gabriel say that the seventy weeks were “cut off” and then not have them be, in reality, cut off? Would the Lord send Gabriel to explain a vision that did not need to be explained? The repeated answer is a definitive NO! The only way that chapters eight and nine of Daniel make any sense is to understand that the two thousand three hundred days/years begin in 457 BC and end in 1844.

The question that we now have to consider is what happened in 1844, and why is to so important? We have already seen that it is talking specifically about the Judgment Day of God, but why does it say, “then the sanctuary shall be cleansed”? Daniel 8:14. What sanctuary was to be cleansed? There was no sanctuary existing on earth in 1844. Then where does this grand judgment, or cleansing, take place?

The Sanctuary

When God led the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt, He directed that they make Him a sanctuary. “And let them make Me a sanctuary, that I may dwell among them.” Exodus 25:8. This sanctuary was what the Israelites carried through the wilderness and then was set up in Shiloh. (Joshua 18:1) The sanctuary stayed here until David moved it to Jerusalem (II Samuel 6:17-18), but then Solomon built a permanent temple. (I Kings 6:1-14) Through the continued apostasy of the children of Israel that temple was finally destroyed by the Babylonians. (II Chronicles 36:18, 19) Then upon the return of the captives from their exile, they built another temple. (Ezra 6:14, 15.) But this temple too, as Jesus predicted, was destroyed, “Assuredly, I say to you, not one stone shall be left here upon another, that shall not be thrown down.” Matthew 24:2. In AD 70, the Roman General, Titus, came and totally destroyed and burned the city of Jerusalem, along with the temple. (Luke 21:20.) Not one stone of that massive structure was left standing upon another. Were any of these sanctuaries existing in 1844? No. The last temple had been destroyed for over 1700 years by 1844. Was God aware that this would happen? Of course. God predicts and controls the future. He knew that there would not be an earthly sanctuary standing in 1844, at the time when the sanctuary was to be cleansed. What, then, could He have in mind? How is this amazing prophecy fulfilled?

After Jesus death upon the cross, as we have already noted, the sacrifices had no value, for Jesus had done away with them by the offering of His body. The rituals and services of the temple also passed away as insignificant at that time. No longer was there any need for the earthly sanctuary service, for Jesus had come and done away with the types of the old covenant. (Colossians 2:14-17.) The earthly sanctuary was no longer needed. Because of the abolition of the earthly sanctuary services at the cross, there is another sanctuary brought to view in the New Testament. This is not the shadowy types of the good things to come (Hebrews 10:1) or a part of the first covenant which was faulty, growing old and ready to vanish, (Hebrews 8:7, 13) but this sanctuary was one “established on better promises.” (Hebrews 8:6.)

When the Lord commanded the children of Israel to build Him a sanctuary, He did not leave it up to them to decide what it looked like and how to design it. He gave them very specific instructions. “And see to it that you make them according to the pattern which was shown you on the mountain.” Exodus 25:40. The Lord gave Moses a specific pattern and commanded that it be made exactly like the plan that he was shown. Why was it so important that Moses follow the details of this pattern? It was because this pattern was to act as a picture of the real sanctuary in heaven. The book of Hebrews elaborates on this at great length. “Now this is the main point of the things we are saying: We have such a High Priest, who is seated at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens, a Minister of the sanctuary and of the true tabernacle, which the Lord erected, and not man…who serve the copy and the shadow of heavenly things, as Moses was divinely instructed when he was about to make the tabernacle. For He said, ‘See that you make all things according to the pattern shown you on the mountain.'” Hebrews 8:1, 2, 5. Paul quotes from this same verse in Exodus, and makes the point that the earthly sanctuary was just a “copy and shadow of heavenly things.” The earthly sanctuary was a replica of what the real sanctuary in heaven looks like. This is the sanctuary that is established upon better promises. This is the “true tabernacle.” This is the sanctuary that the Lord built, and not man. This is true of no other sanctuary. The Lord directed in the building of the other sanctuaries, but it was men working as God gave them skill that built the earthly sanctuaries. But there was no man who laid a hand upon the sanctuary that is in heaven–it was the Lord alone who built this sanctuary. It is this sanctuary in heaven that Gabriel was speaking about when he said, “to anoint the Most Holy.” (Daniel 9:24). It is this sanctuary in heaven that Jesus ascended to and began His mediatorial work as our Great High Priest. (Hebrews 4:14-16; 6:20; 8:1) It is the heavenly sanctuary that all of the types and shadows of the earthly sanctuary were pointing forward to. “But Christ came as High Priest of the good things to come, with the greater and more perfect tabernacle not made with hands, that is not of this creation. Not with the blood of goats and calves, but their His own blood He entered the Most Holy Place [the Greek word hagia literally means “holy places”] once for all, having obtained eternal redemption.” Hebrews 9:11, 12. Clearly, Christ was anointed as our High Priest, not of this poor earthly sanctuary which was only a shadowy type, but he became a High Priest of the “greater and more perfect tabernacle,” that is the heavenly tabernacle or sanctuary. This tabernacle is not of this creation for it is in heaven and was constructed in heaven. Not only did He enter that heavenly sanctuary, but He entered it with His own blood. He is not mediating with the faulty blood of bulls and goats, but is ministering with His own precious blood. From these passages there is no doubt that there is indeed a sanctuary in heaven, and it is at this sanctuary where Christ is now ministering for our salvation. If we deny that there is a heavenly sanctuary, we are denying that Christ is our High Priest, for if there were no sanctuary there would be no High Priest. No, the Bible is full of evidence of our Saviour’s work as Great High Priest for our salvation. There is a sanctuary not made with hands in the heavens, and there is a High Priest ministering for us right now.

In the book of Hebrews, not only does it validate the truth of a heavenly sanctuary for us, but it also tells us how this sanctuary looks. “Then indeed, even the first covenant had ordinances of divine service and the earthly sanctuary. For a tabernacle was prepared: the first part, in which was the lampstand, the table, and the showbread, which is called the sanctuary; and behind the second veil, the part of the tabernacle which is called the Holiest of All, which had the golden alter of incense and the ark of the covenant overlaid on all sides with gold, in which were the golden pot that had the manna, Aaron’s rod that budded, and the tablets of the covenant; and above it were the cherubim of glory overshadowing the mercy seat. Of these things we cannot now speak in detail.” Hebrews 9:1-5. A splendid description of the earthly sanctuary is given, attempting to show the dazzling glory and beauty that surrounds it, making sure to note that it was a part of the first covenant and not the heavenly, but the earthly sanctuary. Then, later on in the chapter he refers to this earthly sanctuary by another name, giving us a faint idea of what the heavenly sanctuary looks like. “For Christ has not entered the holy places made with hands, which are copies of the true, but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us;” Hebrews 9:24. Jesus did not go into this earthly sanctuary of the first covenant, but into the sanctuary of the second covenant–the heavenly sanctuary. After giving a detailed description of the appearance of the earthly sanctuary, he gives the earthly sanctuary a most revealing name–“copies of the true.” Which sanctuary then is the true? Undoubtedly, the sanctuary in heaven. What was the earthly sanctuary? It was a copy, or a picture, of the true one in heaven. Thus, by looking at the earthly sanctuary with all of its furniture and ceremonies, we can get a glimpse of what the heavenly sanctuary looks like and what work will go on there. That is why the Lord was so specific that the pattern of the earthly sanctuary was followed exactly. If they did not follow the pattern exactly it would not be the perfect copy, or picture, of the true heavenly sanctuary of the new covenant. But they did follow the pattern God had given, so that we can now study the apartments, furniture, and ceremonies of the earthly sanctuary to learn of the heavenly sanctuary.

Revelation also reveals that there is a sanctuary in heaven. The articles of the heavenly sanctuary keep appearing again and again throughout Revelation. In fact, it appears so much that we can derive that the book of Revelation was actually given from the heavenly sanctuary itself. “Then I turned to see the voice that spoke with me. And having turned I saw seven golden lampstands,” Revelation 1:12. In the very first chapter this theme is introduced. John sees Jesus standing in the middle of seven golden lampstands. Where were these lampstands from? They were an article of furniture in the first apartment of the sanctuary. “Then another angel, having a golden censer, came and stood at the altar. And he was given much incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all the saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.” Revelation 8:3. Now, John sees an angel ministering before the golden altar. Once again this golden altar was in the first apartment of the heavenly sanctuary. A golden altar is again pictured in Revelation 9:13. “Then the temple of God was opened in heaven, and the ark of His covenant was seen in His temple.” Revelation 11:19. This time there is a difference. It is still an article of furniture from the sanctuary, but this time it is from the second apartment, or the Most Holy Place. It is the most sacred piece of the entire temple. It is the Ark of the Covenant in which the Ten Commandments were kept. Continuing on through the book of Revelation, voices coming from the temple are heard (Revelation 16:1, 17,) angels are seen coming from the temple (Revelation 14:15, 17; 15:6) and the temple is opened and filled with smoke. (Revelation 15:5, 8.) Definitely the temple, or the sanctuary in heaven, plays a prominent part in the last prophetic messages for God’s people. It can also be seen from Revelation that not only is there a sanctuary in heaven, but there is the furniture of the sanctuary, and there are the two apartments of the heavenly sanctuary just like there were the two apartments of the earthly sanctuary.

As we look in the New Testament and at the new covenant, the answer to our question about which sanctuary could be cleansed in 1844 is strikingly answered. There was no earthly sanctuary. They had all been destroyed for hundreds of years before 1844. But there was a heavenly sanctuary, and just as Daniel [in Daniel 7] had previously seen the judgment taking place in heaven, so in Daniel 8, he sees the judgment beginning in the sanctuary which is, undoubtedly, in heaven. We are coming close to being able to fit the puzzle pieces of the climatic twenty three hundred days/years prophecy together, but first, we need to look at one more thing. What was the cleansing of the sanctuary?

The Cleansing of the Sanctuary

The crux and the climax of the entire vision of Daniel 8 was the prophecy relating to the “cleansing of the sanctuary.” The “cleansing of the sanctuary” was simply another term for the most solemn of the yearly sacred assemblies known as the Day of Atonement. Speaking of the Day of Atonement, Moses records, “For on that day the priest shall make atonement for you, to cleanse you, that you may be clean from all your sins before the Lord. It is a sabbath of solemn rest for you, and you shall afflict your souls. It is a statute forever. And the priest, who is anointed and consecrated to minister as priest in his father’s place, shall make atonement, and put on linen clothes, the holy garments; then he shall make atonement for the Holy Sanctuary, and he shall make atonement for the tabernacle of meeting and for the altar, and he shall make atonement for the priests and for all the people of the congregation.” Leviticus 16:30-33. It can be seen that on the Day of Atonement was when the final atonement was made for the sanctuary and for the children of Israel. The people were finally cleansed from all of their sins and an atonement, or cleansing, was made for the sanctuary.

By cleansing the sanctuary, the sins of the children of Israel were also cleansed. Throughout the year, when a man sinned he would bring a sacrifice to atone for his sin. He would slay the lamb with his own hand and the sacrifice was offered upon the altar. The priest then transferred the blood into the sanctuary. Day by day, the blood built up in the sanctuary, until the Day of Atonement. The blood was a record of all the sins that the children of Israel had committed, but it was on the Day of Atonement that the sanctuary was cleansed from the record of sin that had continually built up. Thus, not only did the Day of Atonement cleanse the record of sins from the sanctuary, but it also symbolically blotted out the people’s sins. The people were forgiven when they brought their lamb to be sacrificed, but the record was not blotted out. It was on this most solemn of all days that the sins were actually blotted out. It was a solemn day of judgment when the sins were blotted out as it is graphically described in the Bible. “And you shall do no work on that same day, for it is the Day of Atonement, to make atonement for you before the Lord your God. For any person who is not afflicted of soul on that same day, he shall be cut off from his people. And any person who does any work on that same day, that person I will destroy from among his people.” Leviticus 23:28-30. There was no doubt in the ancient Israelites mind. This was the most solemn day of judgment, and if he did not unite in soul searching he was cut off from the people of God. It was the most solemn and serious day of the entire year for the Jews. It was the time when destinies were decided and lives were fixed–it was their last chance to be saved.

On this solemn day the High Priest went alone into the Most Holy Place of the sanctuary, and it was there the final atonement was made. “Then he shall kill the goat of the sin offering, which is for the people, bring its blood inside the veil, do with that blood as he did with the blood of the bull, sprinkle it on the mercy seat and before the mercy seat.” Leviticus 16:15. This was the only time that the High Priest entered into the second apartment of the sanctuary. Every day the priests ministered about the first apartment, trimming the lamps, burning incense and transferring the blood of the sin offering to the sanctuary, but only once a year, on the Day of Atonement, did the High Priest alone minister in the Holy of Holies. In this second apartment was the Ark of the Covenant containing the Ten Commandment Law, and the mercy seat on top. The priest would then sprinkle the blood upon the mercy seat and by so doing make an atonement for, and cleanse the sanctuary.

The Heavenly Sanctuary Cleansed

Some have questioned if the heavenly sanctuary really needs to be cleansed, but as we have already seen, the Bible explicitly answers this for us. “Therefore it was necessary that the copies of the things in the heavens should be cleansed with these, but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these. For Christ has not entered the holy places made with hands, which are copies of the true, but into heaven itself, now to appear in presence of God for us;” Hebrews 9:23, 24, margin. There is no room for doubt, the heavenly sanctuary does indeed need to be cleansed. Paul says that it was necessary for the earthly sanctuary (the pattern of the things in heaven) to be cleansed with “the blood of goats and calves,” but the heavenly sanctuary will be cleansed with better sacrifices than that, even “with His own blood.” Hebrews 9:12. What is it that needs to be cleansed from the sanctuary above? What could possibly be impure in that world of perfection? Sin and sinners written in the books. So the judgment solves the problem of impurity in the heavenly sanctuary. Those who “add iniquity to their iniquity,… Let them be blotted out of the book of the living, and not be written with the righteous.” Psalms 69:27, 28. During the judgment, sin and sinners are blotted from the book of records, and thus the heavenly sanctuary is cleansed from the impurity that has symbolically been heaped upon it for centuries.

As everything in the old covenant was a “shadow of the good things to come, and not the very image of the things,” Hebrews 10:1, so it is with the Day of Atonement. As the sinner brought his lamb and confessed his sins upon the head of the lamb, so we, under the new covenant, come to Christ accepting Him as our Lamb (John 1:29; I Peter 1:19) and confess our sins unto Him. (I John 1:9; Proverbs 28:13) He then forgives us on the merits of His sacrifice. (Romans 3:24-26.) But as in the earthly service, the record of the sins is still in heaven and it is not until the close of the judgment that the sins are completely blotted out. (Acts 3:19) The judgment determines whether the lives of God’s people match their profession. (see Steps to Life’s booklet, Subpoenaed to the Trial of Life.) Those who have loved their Lord enough to follow Him and keep His commandments will be retained in the book of life (John 14:15; I John 2:3, 4; Revelation 22:14) and their sins will be blotted out. Those who cling to their life of sin and lawlessness will have their names blotted from the book of life. (Exodus 32:32, 33; Revelation 3:5) Thus the sanctuary in heaven will be cleansed from sin–either the sin itself, or the sinners who cling to sin, will be blotted out.

By looking at the symbolic service of the old covenant, it is explicitly taught that the plan of salvation did not end at the sacrifice of the lamb. There was still a final atonement needing to be made, and so it is in the New Covenant as well. Jesus’ sacrifice upon the cross was all sufficient and was a complete sacrifice. He said, “It is finished,” and every word is true. God’s justice was fully vindicate and the devil was soundly defeated, but there was still more to the plan of salvation than just that. “It shall be imputed to us who believed in Him who raised up Jesus our Lord from the dead, who was delivered up because of our offense, and was raised because of our justification.” Romans 4:24, 25. Jesus’ sacrifice upon the cross was for our offenses, or for our sins, and it perfectly paid the price, but there was more. He was raised for our justification. If it was completely over on the cross, everything would have been complete and there would have been no need for anything more, but the inspired record states that he was “raised because of our justification.” Our justification could not be accomplished without His resurrection. Something else needed to occur. That something else is His intercession at the right hand of God, and then the final cleansing of the sanctuary. (Romans 8:34, Acts 17:31) Because Jesus said, “It is finished,” does not mean that everything was completed, for it is recorded in Revelation that He will say the same thing at least two other times. “Then the seventh angel poured out his bowl into the air, and a loud voice came out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, ‘It is done!'” “And He said to me, ‘It is done! I am Alpha and Omega, the Beginning and the End.” Revelation 16:17; 21:6. The atonement upon the cross was, without a doubt, complete and all-sufficient, but as in the typical service, there was still more. That is why Jesus ascended to heaven, and that is why Gabriel told Daniel that the sanctuary was still to be cleansed.

What Happened in 1844?

We have seen that the “sanctuary” was to be “cleansed,” and when we do the arithmetic, the only possible date that we can come up with is 1844. There was no earthly sanctuary at this time, but there was indeed a heavenly sanctuary to which Jesus ascended after His resurrection. What then occurred in 1844?

Because the “holy places” of the earthly sanctuary were merely “copies of the true,” (Hebrews 9:24) and there were two apartments, we can have no doubt that in the heavenly sanctuary there are, likewise, two apartments. Not only do we know that the heavenly sanctuary looks like the earthly one, but also the services of the earthly sanctuary represented what the services of the heavenly sanctuary would be like as well. “For if He [speaking of Jesus, the minister of the sanctuary of the new covenant] were on earth, He would not be a priest, since there are priests who offer the gifts according to the law; who serve the copy and shadow of the heavenly things,” Hebrews 9:3, 4. The priests of the old covenant ministered according to the “copy and shadow of heavenly things.” Their ministration was a representation of what would occur under the new covenant. As on the yearly Passover, the innocent lamb was slain, Jesus, the Lamb of God, was crucified for our sins on Calvary. The feast of weeks represented the outpouring of the Spirit at Pentecost. Likewise the Day of Atonement pointed forward to the day of judgment that was to take place. In the earthly Day of Atonement, the High Priest went into the second apartment only once a year, and from this we can conclude that Jesus also will enter once into the second apartment of the heavenly sanctuary. As the Day of Atonement was when the sanctuary was cleansed in the typical service, once again, we can understand that when Jesus enters the second apartment in heaven it will be for the cleansing of the sanctuary. As the Day of Atonement was the day of judgment in the earthly service, we can be certain that when Jesus enters the second apartment to cleanse the sanctuary, it will be the day of judgment. What then happened in 1844? In fulfillment of the well verified prophecy of Daniel 8:14, Jesus entered into the most holy place of the heavenly sanctuary to do the final work of atonement and to cleanse the sanctuary from the stain of sin that has, year by year, decade by decade built up. In fact, it was October 22, 1844 (the Day of Atonement was on October 22 in 1844), that the great judgment day began. It is the only legitimate understanding of the prophecies of both Daniel and Revelation.

There is even further evidence from Revelation that this is exactly what happened. John does not write of the exact time, but he certainly tells us about the time when Jesus will enter the most holy place. “Then the seventh angel sounded:… Then the temple of God was opened in heaven, and the ark of His covenant was seen in His temple.” Revelation 11:15, 19. At the sounding of the seventh angel, John writes that the temple in heaven was opened and he saw the Ark of the Covenant. The veil into the second apartment of the heavenly sanctuary was lifted and John peered into the most holy place where the work of judgment began. The Ark of the Covenant was only kept in the second apartment and this is the only thing that John could have seen. As the second apartment was only entered on the Day of Atonement, or the cleansing of the sanctuary, this was the cleansing of the sanctuary that John saw beginning in 1844. As we compare scripture with scripture, there can be do doubt about it–Jesus entered into the most holy place of the heavenly sanctuary in 1844 to cleanse the sanctuary and conclude the plan of salvation.

It is Done!

The judgment began in 1844 and has been going on ever since. We are living in the most grand and solemn time of this earth’s history. Right now is the time when the judgment is going on in the courts above. As the Day of Atonement was a time of soul searching and self-examination, so today we must always bear in mind that the great judgment day of God is going on right now. We may not be able to see it. We may not personally be called before God’s judgment bar, but it is going on none-the-less, and the results will be no less final. It is the last chance for the inhabitants of this world to be saved! Very soon the command will be issued, “It is done!” Revelation 16:17; 21:6. It will then be too late. If we are not following the Lord all the way at that time, we will be left outside the holy city. The final decree will be pronounced and we will be on the wrong side. “He who is unjust, let him be unjust still; he who is filthy, let him be filthy still; he who is righteous, let him be righteous still; he who is holy, let him be holy still.” Revelation 22:11. All will one day be on one side or the other. We may be able to ride the fence now, but then we will be all for the Lord or all against Him. Indeed it is a fearful and solemn time to be alive, for it is our last chance to be saved, but for those who are following Jesus wherever He leads and doing whatever He asks, it is not fearful, it is not scary. It is the most joyous time for it means that very soon we will be with our Savior for the ceaseless ages of eternity. “Come, my people, enter your chambers, and shut your doors behind you; hide yourself, as it were, for a little moment, until the indignation is past. For behold, the Lord comes out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity; the earth will also disclose her blood, and will no more cover her slain.” Isaiah 26:20, 21.

All emphasis the authors unless otherwise stated.
All texts from the New King James Version unless otherwise noted.

Sources:

  • The Great Controversy, Ellen G. White, Review and Herald, 1911
  • God Predicts Your Future, John J. Grosboll, Steps to Life, 1994
  • Messiah in His Sanctuary, F.C. Gilbert, reprinted by Leaves of Autumn, 1991
  • Daniel and the Revelation, Uriah Smith, Southern Publishing Association, 1944
  • Subpoenaed to the Trial of Life, Cody Francis, Steps to Life, 1999

To order call 1-800-THE TRUTH or write to PO Box 782828, Wichita, Kansas 67278
If you would like to reprint or translate this book please contact Steps to Life for permission.

Click here to view other exciting posts on Bible Prophecy from Steps to Life.

Surviving the Great Tribulation

by Michael C. Wells

Surviving the Great TribulationIn recent years, one of the great movie themes coming out of Hollywood has been the destruction of the earth by nuclear warfare. Story after story has graced the screen to delight the public with half mutated humans and a world thrown into chaos. Everything from a brave new world where people have learned the lesson of cooperation, to a time of great tribulation, war, strife, and anarchy has been suggested as the destiny of this earth. Some of these stories have even taken themes from the Bible itself. Audiences have been given a distorted view of Bible prophecies from these Hollywood movies, so much so that the subject of end time events have been muddled under a facade of lies.

If this wasn’t bad enough, the Christian world have started their own version of “end time events.” Now we have Christian movies coming out that seem to portray the idea of a great tribulation that will follow an event called the rapture (See our post The Rapture and Israel’s Future). Of course, people don’t expect to get a fully truthful depiction of what will happen during the end times from Hollywood, but it does tend to mold their minds just as movies like the Ten Commandments or Noah Ark, and of course these movies are far from the truth of the Bible. They do, though, expect to receive a clear cut picture of end time events from religious television evangelists who claim to know what will happen, and then offer videos in “living Hollywood style color” to entice the people to believe their theories.

To be able to “see” what will happen, by way of an enactment by actors on video, helps to reinforce these ideas. It is said that people retain more by seeing and hearing than just by hearing. Television and the “big screen” directly implants these ideas into our mind, and they are immediately stored for future reference. Our minds do not even have to process the information. And what if that scenario that has been put forth on the screen was incorrect? Now it has been permanently burned into your memory. Through all these mediums, the idea of a great tribulation has taken many forms. A little Bible truth mixed up with a little fiction (lies) make for a great story, but gives misconceptions and leads to a greater misunderstanding of what the Bible really says.

Why all this confusion? Jesus said about the last days “Then many false prophets will rise up and deceive many. And because lawlessness will abound, the love of many will grow cold.” Matthew 24:11,12. The truth is not well received by the majority because of their love for sin. These lies have been put forth by the adversary himself. When the Pharisees (religious leaders of Jesus’ day) were promoting the fiction and deceit of their day, Jesus said to them, “You are of your father the devil, and the desires of your father you want to do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and does not stand in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaks a lie, he speaks from his own resources, for he is a liar and the father of it.” John 8:44.

The Tribulation of Matthew 24

So how are we to find out the truth about the tribulation that Jesus talks about in Matthew 24? Is there any clear evidence that can show us the truth? Does the Bible give tangible scriptures that show what the tribulation is all about? The answer is a definite yes! And you can see it, follow it, and understand it without being a Greek scholar. We are going to investigate the tribulation, and who is behind it. We will look at how to survive this tribulation and be one of God’s people. Jesus gave us obvious instruction that, if followed, would produce a result that would bring eternal happiness.

Some obvious questions we should ask are; when will this tribulation occur? Who will be involved? Will it involve us and can we avoid it? Notice these statements that the Apostle Paul wrote in II Thessalonians 2: “Now, brethren, concerning the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ and our gathering together to Him, we ask you, not to be soon shaken in the mind or troubled, either by spirit or by word or by letter, as if from us, as though the day of Christ had come. Let no one deceive you by any means; for that Day will not come unless the falling away (apostasy) comes first, and the man of sin is revealed, the son of perdition, who opposes and exalts himself above all that is called god or that is worshipped, so that he sits as God in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God.”

Paul points out that a great apostasy is to come upon the earth. The word apostasy is a Greek word, which means to “fall away” or “to turn back” from something. Paul was speaking of Christians who would “fall away” from true Bible doctrines and principles and be turned to the traditions of man. All this was to happen before the coming of the Lord Jesus. This “man of sin” was to be revealed and claim to be able to do what only God has the authority to do. Jesus speaks of this when He is giving insight to the disciples in Matthew 24. He says, “Therefore when you see the ‘abomination of desolation,’ spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place (whoever reads, let him understand), then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains. For then there will be a great tribulation, such as has not been since the beginning of the world until this time, no, nor ever shall be. And unless those days were shortened, no flesh would be saved; but for the elect’s sake those days will be shortened.” Matthew 24:15,16,21,22

At the time of this apostasy, a great tribulation will occur.  Notice that Jesus used two words that will help us understand this tribulation. First notice that He speaks of many days. So many that if they are not shortened, “not flesh would be saved.” Jesus also uses the word great, which mean “lengthy.” This is tribulation will be a great (lengthy) tribulation, over a long period of time. It will affect the people of God, and even cause great spiritual darkness to fall on the earth. For the “man of sin” will be revealed, and people will follow him thinking he is of God. “Then if anyone says to you, ‘Look, here is the Christ!’ or ‘There!’ do not believe it. For false christs and false prophets will rise and show great signs and wonders to deceive, if possible, even the elect. See, I have told you before hand.” Matthew 24:23-25. Jesus warns us when this tribulation will take place. He says it will happen during a time when this “man of sin” will claim to be Christ. He will exalt himself as god and claim to sit in the place of God. He will have signs and wonders that will surround him and his religion, and he will deceive many.

Jesus said in Matthew 24:15 that we must “understand” those things written by the prophet Daniel if we are to know the truth about this deceptive power and when to expect this great tribulation to come upon the earth. We must first study the book of Daniel and find out who this “man of sin” truly is. He is spoken about in many places. In Revelation 13, he is called the “beast” power and in Daniel 7, he is called the “little horn.” Let’s look at his identifying marks.

Marks of the “Little Horn”

In our book, The End of War and Injustice, we showed that in Daniel 7 four beasts arose from the sea. A beast in Bible prophecy represents a kingdom. We can even see that today. We characterize the United States as an eagle, and the Soviet Union as the bear. So it is in Bible prophecy. God used animals to depict certain nations. We saw that the lion represented Babylon, the bear, Medio-Persia, the leopard was Greece, and the dreadful and terrible beast was no other than Rome. Out of this fourth beast, the Roman Empire, ten horns sprouted. A horn in prophecy symbolizes a kingdom also. “The ten horns are ten kings who shall arise from this kingdom.” Daniel 7:24.

In the middle of these ten horns, a little horn comes up and plucks out three of the first horns by the roots. “I was considering the horns, and there was another horn, a little one, coming up among them, before whom three of the first horns were plucked out by the roots. And there, in this horn, were eyes like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking pompous words.” Daniel 7:8. This little horn is a kingdom that has a man at its head who speaks “pompous” words. Remember that we saw that the man of sin was to exalt himself above all that is called God. In Revelation 13:5,6, this beast power speaks “great things and blasphemies against God.”

What are two ways that a man can blaspheme against God? Jesus was accused of just such a thing, so we have some criteria to look at to interpret the word blasphemy. In Matthew 9:1-8, Jesus heals a paralytic and more importantly He says to him, “Son, be of good cheer, your sins are forgiven you.” The scribes who stood around Jesus and heard and saw these things were astounded that a mere man would presume to claim to be able to forgive sin. It is recorded that the said, “And at once some of the scribes said within themselves, ‘This Man blasphemes.” So our first example of blasphemy is for a man to claim to be able to forgive sin. In Luke 5:17-26, we see the same story. Here the scribes and Pharisees blatantly say, “Who is this who speaks blasphemies? Who can forgive sins but God alone?” Of course, they were right. No one can forgive sin except God. They failed to recognize Jesus as the Messiah, as the Son of God, and that He had the ability to forgive sin.

The second example we have in regard to blasphemy is in John 8:54-59. Here Jesus makes a statement that even the Jews could figure out. They realized that He was claiming to be the Son of the God of heaven. “Jesus answered, ‘If I honor Myself, My honor is nothing. It is My Father who honors Me, of whom you say that He is your God. Yet you have not known Him, but I know Him. and if I say, “I do not know Him,” I shall be a liar like you; but I do know Him and keep His word. Your father Abraham rejoiced to see My day, and he saw it and was glad.’ Then the Jews said to Him, ‘you are not yet fifty years old, and have You seen Abraham?’ And Jesus said to them, ‘Most assuredly, I say to you, before Abraham was, I AM.’ Then they took up stones to throw at Him; but Jesus hid himself and went out of the temple, going through the midst of them, and so passed by.” Jesus claimed to be the great I AM who brought the people out of Egypt, who gave the Ten Commandments on Mount Sinai. See Exodus 3:10-15. So to claim to be able to forgive sin and the exalt oneself as God are considered to be blaspheme according to the Bible.

We can see that this “little horn/beast power/ man of sin” will claim to be able to forgive sin, claim to be God on earth, and will be involved in religious matters. Notice that this little horn is different than the other horns. “. . . and another shall arise after them (the ten horns); he shall be different from the first ones, and shall subdue (pluck out by the roots) three kings.” Daniel 7:24. What shall he try to do? “He shall speak pompous words against the Most High, and shall intend to change times and law. Then the saints shall be given into his hand for a time and times and half a time.” verse 25.

We see this same thing in Revelation 13:4-8, “So they worshiped the dragon who gave authority to the beast; and they worshiped the beast, saying ‘Who is like the beast? Who is able to make war with him?’ And he was given a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies, and he was given authority to continue for forty-two months. Then he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme His name, His tabernacle, and those who dwell in heaven. It was granted to him to make war with the saints and to overcome them. And authority was given him over every tribe, tongue, and nation. All who dwell on the earth will worship him, whose names have not been written in the Book of Life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.”

Now let us look at some other scriptures that speak about this same power, then we will put it all together. In order to understand the great tribulation, we must first put together some prophecies out of the book of Revelation. Let us first look at some important texts. In Revelation 12 we see a woman dress in the sun, with a garland of twelve stars, and with her feet on the moon. She is giving birth to a child, who was to rule the nations with a rod of iron (Revelation 12:1,2,5). We also see a red dragon with seven heads and ten horns. This dragon tries to destroy the child and then becomes enraged with the woman and makes war with the remnant of her offspring (Revelation 12:3,4,17). We will also note another woman that is riding a beast having seven heads and ten horns. This woman is called a harlot (a defiled woman). She is also drunk with the blood of the saints and of the martyrs of Jesus (Revelation 17:1,3,6).

The Bible Interprets Itself

In the Bible, we let the scriptures interpret themselves. Many times when reading prophecy, the terms that are used are symbolic. We can read in Revelation 1:1 that Jesus, Himself, signified (put into symbols) this book. Let’s first interpret the term woman in the Bible. We can find many places that this terminology is used. In Jeremiah 6:2, speaking of the church of that day, the Lord says, “I have likened the daughter of Zion (the church) to a lovely and delicate woman.” So God describes His church, His true people as a lovely and delicate (pure and holy) woman. Paul says, “For I am jealous for you with godly jealousy. For I have betrothed you to one husband, that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ.” II Corinthians 11:2.

God’s people are called the bribe of Christ, His wife (Revelation 21:9; 19:7). This pure church is a mother. She gives birth to a child. Jesus was the child to whom the church gave birth. Remember that a church is nothing more than a body of believers. It represents the body of Christ. “And He (Jesus) is the head of the body, the church, who is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead, that in all things He may have the preeminence.” Colossians 1:18. In Old Testament times, the church was the Israelite’s. It was this church that God used to bring Jesus into the world as a man. So a woman represents a church in Bible prophecy. This pure woman in Revelation 12 has a garland of twelve stars on her head. Stars represent “angels” (which means messengers in the Greek). So this church has the twelve apostles as its charter members. This is not speaking of any denomination, but God’s true and faithful.

A Woman in Prophecy

If a pure woman signifies a pure church, then a harlot woman would have to represent a fallen or corrupt church. Notice that this harlot woman in Revelation 17 is “drunk with the blood of the saints and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus.” This church is involved in the death of many of God’s people. It is a persecuting power that is call “Mystery, Babylon the Great, Mother of Harlots” (verse 5). This church is a mother, too. If a church is called a “mother,” does it stand to reason that she would have offspring? Of course. She would be the mother of other corrupt churches that have taken her doctrines and belief for their own. Now a daughter has her own characteristics, but does she still carry some of her parents’ characteristics also? Most definitely! So it is with these daughter churches. They are not exactly the same as their mother church, but still carry some of the same doctrinal beliefs that she instilled in them.

Notice also that this harlot “sits on many waters.” Revelation 17:1. Water symbolizes people. “Then he said to me, ‘The water which you saw, where the harlot sits, are people, multitudes, nations, and tongues.” Revelation 17:15. This corrupt church does not enjoy the support of God, but takes for itself the support of the world. This church is also called a city. “And the woman whom you saw is that great city which reigns over the kings of the earth.” Revelation 17:18. This harlot church is garbed in special clothing that identifies it. “The woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet, and adorned with gold and precious stones and pearls, having in her hand a golden cup full of abominations and the filthiness of her fornication” (verse 4). So this church sits in the hub of society, is decked out in purple and scarlet and pomp, and she is called a great city.

The Dragon and the Harlot Woman

We also saw a great fiery red dragon having seven heads and ten horns in Revelation 12. This dragon symbolizes two entities. First and foremost, it represents Satan, that serpent of old. “So the great dragon was cast out of heaven, that serpent of old, called the Devil and Satan, who deceives the whole world; he was cast to the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.” Revelation 12:9. This dragon hated the pure woman of Revelation 12, and hated her child. “His tail drew a third of the stars of heaven and threw them to the earth. And the dragon stood before the woman who was ready to give birth, to devour her Child as soon as it was born.” Verse 5. Although the devil is called the dragon, he had to use human agencies to do his dirty work. Who was it that tried to have Christ killed at his birth? Who was it that sent troops into Bethlehem? It was King Herod, who was the Roman authority figure over Judea. See Matthew 2:1,7,16. Who eventually killed Christ on the cross? It was the Roman governor Pilate. See Matthew 27:23-27. So the great red dragon also refers to the Roman power. Jesus’ parents had to take Him to Egypt to secure His life from the power of Rome (Mathew 2:13,14).

This great red dragon also has seven heads and ten horns. We noted earlier that the beast that the harlot woman sits on also has seven heads and ten horns. In Revelation 13:2, we read that the beast with seven heads and ten horns was a composite of beasts and that the “dragon gave him his authority.” So this dragon and beast come from the same source, which is Rome. In Revelation 17:9 it says, “Here is the mind which has wisdom: The seven heads are seven mountains on which the woman sits.” So the seven heads symbolizes seven mountains. We already saw that the harlot was situated where there were many “peoples and nations” and that she was also a city. Where is there a city that sits on seven mountains? “The Tiber (river) divides Rome into two parts, the section on the east bank constituting the oldest and most important part of the city. In this ancient section of the city are the famous ‘Seven Hills,’ which are now only relatively low elevations because of the gradual accumulation of rubbish in the valleys which separate them.” The American Peoples Encyclopedia, Vol. 16, pg. 903.

Rome is the city that sits on seven hills. It is the beast that the woman sits on. During the Dark Ages and Medieval times this constituted the actual city of Rome itself. Today the city that is spoken of here is the city within the city of Rome. The corrupt church sits on (in charge of ) the city, guides and controls this city, which is the Vatican. The Roman Catholic Church rules over the city of the Vatican. It controls its commerce, trade, political, and religious functions. This “beast” is religious as well as political. It is involved in worship (Revelation 13:4,8) and has great political authority (Revelation 13:5,7).

The “Little Horn” Arises

As we discovered earlier in this book, in Daniel 7, we  see this same persecuting power called the “little horn” as it arises from among the ten horns (kingdoms) of Europe. “The ten horns are ten kings (kingdoms) who shall arise from this kingdom (speaking of the fourth kingdom in verse 24,which is the Roman Empire). I was considering the horns, and there was another horn, a little one, coming up among them, before whom three of the first horns were plucked out by the roots. And there, in this horn, were eyes like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking pompous words.” Daniel 7:25,8. This “little horn” or “beast” comes up in Europe among the divided Roman Empire. It is “different from the first ones (horns)” and “plucked out by the roots” three of these horns, or kingdoms.

As the Roman Catholic Church rose to power in the 4th and 5th centuries, it began to mold the minds of the people to its false worship if idols and festivals. In the 5th and 6th centuries, it played a major part in causing three kingdoms to be eradicated. The Heruli, the Ostrogoths, and the Vandals, who were Arian in power, rejected the authority of the papacy and was consequently “rooted out” or destroyed. The papacy arose as a religious and political power, and held sway over the Christian world for 1260 years. Before the papacy could have control over Rome, the Emperor hierarchy had to be removed. As long as it was there, the bishop of Rome could not have total control. Paul spoke of this in II Thessalonians 2:2,7 when he says, “And now you know what is restraining, that he (the man of sin/papacy) may be revealed in his own time. For the mystery of lawlessness is already at work; only he (the Roman hierarchy of Emperors) who now restrains will do so until he (the Emperor) is taken out of the way.” In 330 AD, Constantine, Emperor of Rome, left Rome to establish his kingdom in Constantinople. He gave his authority the bishop of Rome, the pope. “The removal of the capital of the empire from Rome to Constantinople in 330 AD, left the western church practially free from imperial power, to develop its own form of organization. The Bishop of Rome (pope), in the seat of the Caesars, was now the greatest man in the west, and was soon forced to become the political as well as the spiritual head.” The Rise of the Medieval Church, pg. 168.

As the Roman church continued to gain spiritual influence over the people, it also gained in political power. But full authority was not granted for many years. In 533, Emperor Justinian gave full temporal power to the Church of Rome, yet the pope could not take control until these three tribes of “heretics” were removed from Rome. After the removal of the three kingdoms which were against the papacy, the pope took the throne of Rome in 538 AD. He became the supreme authority in Rome in not only religious matters but also in the political realm. Through his power, he held in check the kings of the nations of Europe. The Roman Catholic Church sent cardinals as advisers and mentors to the kings to “guide them in the way” of the Roman Church.

The “mystery of lawlessness” or the papacy was in its infancy in the days of Paul. He could see its formation and the dangers it presented. He saw that this was to cause a great “falling away” from the straight Bible truths and warned against it several times. There are four warnings, one very specifically speaking of the Roman Church. It is a prophecy of the latter times. “Now the Spirit expressly says that in latter times (our day) some will depart from the faith (true Biblical doctrine), giving heed to deceiving spirits and doctrine of demons (the doctrines of men influenced by Satan), speaking lies in hypocrisy, having their own conscience seared with a hot iron, forbidding to marry (such as priest and nuns), and commanding to abstain from foods (for certain “holy days” such as Lent) which God created to be received with thanksgiving by those who believe and know the truth.” I Timothy 4:1-3.

Paul is worried for the Corithians as he sees this deceptive power creeping into the church. He writes, “But I fear, lest somehow, as the serpent deceived Eve by his craftiness, so your minds may be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ. For if he who comes preaches another Jesus whom we have not preached, or if you receive a different spirit which you have not received, or a different gospel which you have not accepted- you may well put up with it!” II Corinthians 11:3,4. Also see Galatians 1:6-9 and Colossians 2:8. Not only Paul, but also Peter warns of these same false doctrines worming its way into the Christian church. “But there were also false prophets among the people, even as there will be false teachers among you, who will secretly bring in destructive heresies, even denying the Lord who bought them (by praying to the “Virgin Mary” for salvation), and bring on themselves swift destruction. And many will follow their destructive ways, because of whom the way of truth will be blasphemed. By covetousness they will exploit you with deceptive words; for a long time their judgment has not been idle, and their destruction does not slumber.” II Peter 2:1-3.

Pompous Words

From 538 AD to 1798 AD, the papacy had dominion over the earth. Speaking of the papacy, Daniel writes, “He shall speak pompous words against the Most High, shall persecute the saints of the Most High, and shall intend to change times and law. Then the saints shall be given into his hand for a time and times and half a time.” Daniel 7:25. This same description is given in Revelation. “And he was given a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies, and he was given authority to continue of forty-two months. Then he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme His name, His tabernacle, and those who dwell in heaven. It was granted to him to make war with the saints and to overcome them. And authority was given him over every tribe, tongue, and nation.” Revelation 13:5-7.

Every pope has made the claim that he is infallible, can forgive sin, and the pope is called “God on earth,” which is obvious blaspheme. Here is a quote from The Catholic World, June 1871, pages 422,423, “All dogmatic decrees of the Pope, made with or without his general council, are infallible . . . Once made, no pope or council can reverse them . . . This is the Catholic principle, that the Church cannot err in faith.” “The Pope is infallible . . . (he) cannot err when, as Shepherd and Teacher of all Christians, he defines a doctrine concerning faith or morals, to be held by the whole church.” A Catechism of Christian Doctrine, pg. 16. You may remember that this current pope has been on record as supporting the theory of evolution. Does this now disprove the story of creation?

In this quote, the pope claims the position of God. “The Pope is of so great dignity and so exalted that he is not a mere man, but as it were God, and vicar of God . . .” “The Pope is a it were God on earth, sole sovereign of the faithful of Christ, chief of kings, having plenitude of power, to whom has been entrusted be the omnipotent God direction not only of the earthly but also of the heavenly kingdom . . .” Prompta Bibliotheca, Vol. VI, pp. 25-29. Are we now to bow before the pope instead of the God of heaven? Can a mere man stand in the place of God? If you remember, this is exactly what caused Satan to fall from heaven. He wanted to become as God.

Tribulation

The little horn/beast power will also “persecute the saints” and they will be given into his hands for a time and times and half a time.” He was to “continue for forty-two months.” In Bible prophecy the term “time” stands for a year. In each year, there were 360 days in the Jewish Calendar. In Daniel 7:25, we find a total of three and a half years. By calculating out this by 360, we come up with 1260 days. By using the Bible definition for understanding time prophecies, we find a day represents a year. See Numbers 14:34 and Ezekiel 4:6. Therefore, we are talking about a 1260-year period of time when the papacy will bring the Christian world under their submission. We can also see this same time prophecy in Revelation 13:5, when speaking of the forty-two months (which equals out to 1260 years). Notice that this tribulation is “great” not only because of persecution, but also because of the great length of time the people on the earth was to endure it.

For 1260 years (from 538 to 1798) the papacy was to wield its sword of persecution over all whom would not obey its authority. Christian people like the Albigenses and Waldenses were ruthlessly hunted down and murdered because they would not pledge their allegiance to the authority of the Roman Church and the pope. These people held to the belief that God’s people would honor Him by “keeping the commandments and the faith of Jesus.” Revelation 14:12. ” ‘They shall prophecy a thousand two hundred and three-score days, clothed in sackcloth.’ During the greater part of this period, God’s witnesses remained in a state of obscurity. The papal power sought to hide from the people the word of truth, and set before them false witnesses to contradict its testimony. (See Appendix.) When the Bible was proscribed by religious and secular authority; when its testimony was perverted, and every effort made that men and demons could invent to turn the minds of the people from it; when those who dared proclaim its sacred truths were hunted, betrayed, tortured, buried in dungeon cells, martyred for their faith, or compelled to flee to mountain fastnesses, and to dens and caves of the earth–then the faithful witnesses prophesied in sackcloth. Yet they continued their testimony throughout the entire period of 1260 years. In the darkest times there were faithful men who loved God’s word and were jealous for His honor. To these loyal servants were given wisdom, power, and authority to declare His truth during the whole of this time.” Great Controversy, pg. 267.

During the Dark Ages and Middle Ages, it has been estimated that over 50,000,000 people were killed because they would not submit to the authority of the Roman Catholic Church. The papacy was in the business of subjugating the people. It tried to control how and when they worshiped. Over the next 1750 years, after the death of Christ, first the Roman Empire, then the Roman Church dictated whom, how, and when a person should worship. In 321 AD, Constantine created the first Sunday law of worship. This was not a Christian day of worship. Far from it! It was called the “Venerable Day of the Sun.” All who did not worship as the emperor dictated would be killed. This day of worship was then adopted into the Roman Catholic Church who, through persecution, initiated it into the Christian world. For centuries Christians fought against this change in God’s law. They died for their faith and continued to worship on the Sabbath in the face of certain death. Remember that in Daniel 7:25 it says, “he will think to change times and law.”

This time period of 1260 years is of eminent importance. It is so important to God that in Revelation 11-13, He speaks of it five times. It is also spoken of in Daniel 7. This is not just a short time period of persecution. This is quite lengthy. It is the same period of time Jesus spoke of in Matthew 24:21,22, “For then there will be great tribulation, such as has not been since the beginning of the world until this time, no, nor ever shall be. And unless those days were shortened, no flesh would be saved; but for the elect’s sake those days will be shortened.” Notice that Jesus said that if these days of persecution were not shortened, none of His people would have been alive. This is how serious the persecution of these 1260 years became.

The massive martyrdom of God’s people and even those who were just suspected, as heretics were tortured, maimed, and killed. Many people were burned at the stake for their faith or spent their life in prison. In Revelation 6, this time period is documented. “When he opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of those who had been slain for the word of God and for the testimony which they held” (verse 9). “Thousands were imprisoned and slain, but others sprang up to fill their places. And those who were martyred for their faith were secured to Christ and accounted of Him as conquerors. They had fought the good fight, and they were to receive the crown of glory when Christ should come. The sufferings, which they endured, brought Christians nearer to one another and to their Redeemer. Their living example and dying testimony were a constant witness for the truth; and where least expected, the subjects of Satan were leaving his service and enlisting under the banner of Christ.” Great Controversy, pg. 42.

These people were killed because they held fast to the word of God. They were those who went through the 1260 years of papal persecution. In Revelation 6:11, they are symbolically asking the Lord when their deaths will be avenged, and the Lord told them that another time of trouble was to come upon the earth before the end of time. “Then a white robe was given to each of them; and it was said to them that they should rest a little while longer, until both the number of their fellow servants and their brethren, who would be killed as they were, was complete” (verse 11).

We see that there will be another time of trouble that will result in the death of many people, but that this troubled time is not the “great tribulation” that is spoken of in Daniel 7, and Revelation 13:1-10. In Revelation 7:13,14, one of the elders tells John that this first group who are given the white robes are the one who came out of that great tribulation. “Then one of the elders answered, saying to me, ‘Who are these arrayed in white robes, and where did they come from?’ And I said to him, ‘Sir, you know.’ So he said to me, ‘These are the ones who come out of the great tribulation, and washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.”

In Matthew 24:22, the Lord promised that He would not allow His people to be totally exterminated by this persecuting power. In the late 15th and early 16th centuries when the Protestant movement went forth, God granted His people new light to bring them out of the papal darkness they have been in for over 1000 years. Vigilantly, Martin Luther, the great German reformer, using the Word of God, spiritually fought against the papacy and eventually proclaimed the pope and the Roman Church as antichrist. He protested against the evils of the Roman Catholic Church that he had been a part of for so many years. He saw the abuses, and the false ideology of this pagan religion wrapped in the garb of Christianity. He saw that the identifying marks in the Bible that spoke of the antichrist pointed right at the papal power.

In the 17th and 18th centuries, God opened a new haven for His people. He gave them a refuge from the persecuting power of the papacy in the form of the New World. America became the home for thousands who fled from the tyranny of Europe and the Roman Catholic Church to establish a country where religious freedom was a right and not a privilege. Here the papacy also tried to gain a foothold, but Catholicism was not welcome in the New World north of Mexico in the early years. In 1798, Berthier, general to Napoleon, marched into Italy and captured the pope. The general imprisoned the pope, who later died in prison. From 538 AD to 1798 AD, exactly 1260 years later, the papacy fell and the “Great Tribulation” ended.

“Deadly Wound” healed

It was said that the papacy would never be a power to reckon with again, but someone didn’t study the prophecies of the Bible. “And I saw one of his heads wounded, and his deadly wound was healed. And all the world marveled and followed the beast.” Revelation 13:3. In 1929, Mussolini, dictator of Italy, gave the papacy the land to build a city within the city of Rome. He also gave them back their temporal power to govern. The “deadly wound” was healed and the papacy began to gain power and dominion over the earth again.

In World War II, the papacy endorsed Hitler’s grab for power and supported him behind the scenes. Cardinal Pacelli, who later became Pope Pius XII, can be seen in photographs presenting Hitler with the backing of the Roman Catholic Church in the form of the concordat between the Vatican and the Nazi party. Hitler was Catholic after all and was pushing forward Roman Catholic ideals and policies. He made this statement: “I reject that book by Rosenberg. It was written by a Protestant. It is not a party book . . . as a Catholic I never feel comfortable in the evangelical church or its structures . . . as for the Jews, I am just carrying on with the same policy which the Catholic Church has adopted for fifteen hundred years, when it has regarded the Jews as dangerous and pushed them into ghettos, etc., because it knew what the Jews were like. I don’t put race above religion, but I do see the danger in the representatives of this race for church and state, and perhaps I am doing Christianity a great service.” The Nazi Persecution of the Churches by J.S. Conway, pp. 25,26,162.

It was the Church who systematically condemned Jews for years and did all in their power to put up divisions between Christians and Jews. Remember that it was the Roman government, with the help of the Jews, who crucified Christ on the cross, and they have tried to use to Jews as a scapegoat and separate themselves from anything “Jewish” ever since. Rome is still Rome. It does not change its policies, just its outward subterfuge. When a building is given a face-lift it does not change the inside operation. This is the same with Rome.

While supporting Hitler, they also were involved in hiding Jews so it could be said that they were immersed in “humanitarian” concerns. The papacy has always played both sides of the fence and has continued the practice today. In Eastern Europe, the papacy has stirred up religious conflicts in the Balkan States and Serbia, who happen to be Greek Orthodox and not Catholic. This “beast” of a power is reemerging again today as a player in world events. It is the only church that has a representative to the United Nations and sends ambassadors to other countries. This “harlot” church is again preparing for world domination through political agencies and puppet powers. It stays behind the scenes pulling the strings of nations and countries, political and religious organizations, and will soon be worshiped through the “image of the beast.”

The Great Tribulation lasted 1260 years, and was shortened as Christ predicted. The last few remaining years out of the 1260-year prophecy were relatively free from persecution. But Jesus did warn of a soon coming time of trouble for everyone who will live at the end of time. It will not be a lengthy tribulation as was the Great Tribulation. It will last just a short time. This time of trouble will happen shortly before the coming of Christ to redeem His people. “At that time Michael shall stand up, the great prince who stands watch over the sons of your people; and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation, even to that time. And at that time your people shall be delivered, everyone who is found written in the book (of Life).” Daniel 12:1.

End Time Persecution

This will be the end time persecution which Jesus talks about in Revelation 13:11-18, and again we see the papacy emerging to be worshiped with a death decree hanging over everyone’s head who does not comply. “Then I saw another beast coming up out of the earth, and he had two horns like a lamb and spoke like a dragon. And he exercises all the authority of the first beast in his presence, and causes the earth and those who dwell in it to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. He performs great signs, so that he even makes fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men. And he deceives those who dwell on the earth by those signs which he was granted to do in the sight of the beast, telling those who dwell on the earth to make an image to the beast who was wounded by the sword and lived. He was granted power to give breath to the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak and cause as many as would not worship the image of the beast to be killed. He causes all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark on their right hand or on their foreheads, and that no one may buy or sell except one who has the mark or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Here is wisdom. Let him who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man: His number is 666.”

We read in Revelation 6:11 that many will be martyred in this last conflict with the beast, yet many will stand for the truth of God’s word. Many who once scorned the Bible and the love of God will be turned from sin and become a mighty force for the truth of God. One Bible writer describes the events of the victory of God’s saints this way. “Nearest the throne are those who were once zealous in the cause of Satan, but who, plucked as brands from the burning, have followed their Saviour with deep, intense devotion. Next are those who perfected Christian characters in the midst of falsehood and infidelity, those who honored the law of God when the Christian world declared it void, and the millions, of all ages, who were martyred for their faith. And beyond is the ‘great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, . . . before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands.’ Revelation 7:9. Their warfare is ended, their victory won. They have run the race and reached the prize. The palm branch in their hands is a symbol of their triumph, the white robe an emblem of the spotless righteousness of Christ which now is theirs.” The Great Controversy, pg. 665.

There are serious times ahead of us whether we stand for God, or take the mark of the beast. One may cause our physical death, but we will receive the gift of eternal life. The other will give us momentary peace, but will eventually cause us great pain and eternal death. If we are to survive the coming time of trouble, we must take lessons from those who weathered the 1260 years of the Great Tribulation. They remained strong in the Lord, not giving heed to the devil, his doctrines, his enticements, or his earthly agents. They are those who are spoken of in Revelation 12:11. “And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of their testimony, and they did not love their lives to the death.”

We can have this same experience if we put our trust in God above. We, too, can overcome and be counted as one of God’s true and faithful. Are you willing to give your heart to the One who gave all for you? Are you willing to lay your life on the line for Jesus? He gives this promise to all who will follow Him. “He shall call upon Me, and I will answer him; I will be with him in trouble; I will deliver him and honor him. With long life I will satisfy him, and show him My salvation.” Psalm 91:15,16.

Appendix:

The Biblical Identifying Marks of Antichrist

  1. The little horn is Antichrist: “speaks great words against the Most High.” Daniel 7:25
  2. The Antichrist arises among the 10 horns, the 10 divisions of the Roman empire Daniel 7:8 The Antichrist
  3. In the process of arising, uproots 3 of the original horns (the 3 who were uprooted were the kingdoms of Odoacer, or Heruli, (A.D. 493) the Ostrogoths (A.D. 538) and the Vandals (A.D. 534)
  4. At the beginning of his time of civil power he was a little horn–smaller than the others.
  5. This Antichrist power has a human leader, “were eyes like the eyes of a man.” Daniel 7:8
  6. This Antichrist power makes great claims. Daniel 7:8; 25
  7. This power became greater than any of the other horns or kingdoms of Europe. Daniel 7:20
  8. This antichrist power persecuted the saints and overcame or destroyed them. Daniel 7:21, 25 (see also Revelation 13:7)
  9. The little horn power would come into power after the first 10 horns had already divided up the Roman Empire (which occurred from A.D. 351 to A.D. 476).
  10. This antichrist power would attempt to change times and laws (Daniel 7:25). He would teach people to break God’s law by saying that the original law had been changed (by himself).
  11. This antichrist power would continue to exist until the court of God’s judgement would execute sentence against it and consume and destroy it. Daniel 7:26
  12. This same antichrist power is spoken of in II Thessalonians 2 and we know again that it is antichrist because it says, “who opposes and exalts himself above all that is called God; or that is worshiped so that he sits as God in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God.” II Thessalonians 2:4
  13. This power is called the man of sin (breaking the law I John 3:4) and the son of destruction and the lawless one, so it is a power that teaches people to break God’s law and breaks the law himself. II Thessalonians 2:3, 8
  14. This power exalts itself above all that is called God or that is worshiped. II Thessalonians 2:4
  15. He considers himself to be as God: “he sits as God.” II Thessalonians 2:4
  16. He sits “in the temple of God” or in other words, the antichrist would arise out of the apostolic Christian church because the church is the temple of God (see Ephesians 2:11-22 and I Corinthians 3:16, 17.) (It has been forgotten by most, but the early Christians knew that the antichrist would arise out of the church.)
  17. The antichrist has its roots in the apostolic church because in speaking of the antichrist power Paul says, “the mystery of lawlessness does already work.” II Thessalonians 2:7. So, the roots of the antichrist power were present and working already in the days of the apostles.
  18. When the Roman Caesar was taken out of the way, then the antichrist power, who had its roots back in the days of the apostles, was to be manifested openly: “he who now restrains (the Roman Caesar who was worshiped as a God and would not allow another to be worshiped, even killing Christians for worshipping another Lord) will do so until He is taken out of the way (A.D. 330-476) and then the lawless one (the antichrist) will be revealed.
  19. When the Lord comes, the Lord will consume the antichrist power with the breath of His mouth and will destroy the antichrist power with the brightness of His coming. II Thessalonians 2:8. The antichrist power will not continue for 3 ½ years or 7 years beyond the coming of the Lord as many people think. Rather, when the Lord comes the antichrist power (which has been in existence since the days of the apostles and became openly manifested to the world after the demise of the Roman Empire) will be destroyed.
  20. Since the antichrist power has its roots in the days of the apostles (see above) and since it will not be destroyed until the Lord comes (II Thessalonians 2:8) and since the Lord has not returned yet, we know that the antichrist power must be in the world today.
  21. The antichrist power will work with all manner of power, signs, and lying wonders. (II Thessalonians 2:9) There will be many miracles and therefore we cannot depend on miracles for evidence of anything in the realm of religion or faith.
  22. The antichrist will develop as a consequence of a great apostasy in the Christian church. II Thessalonians 2:3
  23. The day of the Lord will not come until the antichrist power has arisen first as a result of the great apostasy. II Thessalonians 2:1-3
  24. The beast power in Revelation 13:1-10 is the antichrist power, because it says concerning this power in verse 6, “he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme His name, His tabernacle, and those who dwell in heaven.” Revelation 13:6
  25. The antichrist power received his throne (seat of government), power, and great authority from the dragon. The dragon represents primarily the devil, but secondarily the Pagan Roman empire. (see Revelation 12:1-5)
  26. The antichrist power has to do with religion because people worship it. Revelation 13:4
  27. The antichrist power has elements from Babylon, Medo-Persia, Greece, and the pagan Roman Empire within it. Revelation 13:2. The common denominator of all these ancient powers was that none of them allowed religious liberty to their subjects. (See Daniel 3, 6, and the history of the Jews under the Ptolemies and Seleucid kings and the history of the Maccabees and the history of the early Christian church.) In addition to intolerance, all of these powers have in common, the worship of men and other creatures, see Romans 1; Daniel 3, Daniel 6 etc.
  28. The antichrist power arose from the sea. (Revelation 17:15) In other words, in a populated area of the world.
  29. This antichrist power obviously has kingly power, because his horns have crowns on them. Revelation 13:1
  30. The Antichrist power receives a deadly wound, and it appears that it will not survive. Revelation 13:3
  31. The deadly wound to the antichrist power is healed. Revelation 13:3
  32. After the deadly wound is healed, all the world will marvel and follow after the antichrist power. Revelation 13:3
  33. The antichrist power will appear so powerful during this time, that it will be thought that nobody can resist or make war with the antichrist power. Revelation 13:4
  34. The antichrist power has a blasphemous name. Revelation 13:1. The name that this power has which is blasphemous is the name of Christ. Although it is a power that is against Christ, it bears the name of Christ. The word “antichrist” means somebody or something who stands in the place of Christ, the Latin word which is equivalent to the Greek word “anti” is the word “vicar.” That which is blasphemous about the name is the fact that it claims to be of Christ, when actually this power is fighting Christ in the person of His saints and representatives. By bearing the name of Christ and acting out the policy of the dragon, this power does blasphemy to its name.
  35. The antichrist power is given a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies. Revelation 13:5
  36. This antichrist power was given authority to continue for 42 months. Revelation 13:5. Or in other words, 1260 prophetic days or 1260 literal years.
  37. This power blasphemes four things: God, God’s name, God’s sanctuary or temple, and those who dwell in heaven. Revelation 13:6
  38. The antichrist would be given authority over every tribe, language, and nation. Or in other words, it would be both a world power and a super-power because it would have authority over all nations and languages. Revelation 13:7
  39. All who dwell on the earth who are not saved, will worship this power. Revelation 13:8
  40. This antichrist power, who leads the saints into captivity and martyrdom, will itself be led into captivity and to the sword. Revelation 13:10
  41. The antichrist has a number and it is the number of a man, and that number is 666. Revelation 13:18
  42. The antichrist power has an identifying mark. Revelation 13:15-17, Revelation 14:9-11. This identifying mark is His attempt to change times and laws (Daniel 7:25). This mark is to be enforced on all the world by an oppressive law that will not allow any man to buy or sell unless he has either the mark of the beast or worships his image or has the name of the beast. The people at the grocery store will be able to tell whether you have the mark of the antichrist or not.
  43. In the last generation anybody who worships this antichrist power will lose eternal life and be cast into hell-fire. Revelation 14:9-11
  44. In the last days, an image of the antichrist power is formed by the two-horned beast (something that looks just like the antichrist,) and this image will cooperate with the antichrist, and all the world will be commanded to worship it. Revelation 13: 12-17
  45. Those who do not receive the mark of the beast or worship his image or receive his mark are described as those who “keep the commandments of God” and “the faith of Jesus.” Revelation 14:12; Revelation 20:4; Revelation 15:2. So we know that receiving the mark of the beast involves breaking the commandments of God and not keeping the faith of Jesus, and we know that the commandment that is broken as a mark of the beast’s authority, is the commandment concerning time. (Daniel 7:25)

Sources:

  • J.T.C., Smokescreens
  • White, E.G., Great Controversy
  • J.S. Conway, The Nazi Persecution of the Churches pp. 25,26,162
  • Prompta Bibliotheca, Vol. VI, pp. 25-29.
  • The Catholic World, June 1871, pages 422,423
  • A Catechism of Christian Doctrine, pg. 16
  • The American Peoples Encyclopedia, Vol. 16, pg. 903.
  • Wells, Michael C., The End of War and Injustice
  • Wilkinson, B.G., Truth Triumphant
  • The Rise of the Medieval Church, pg. 168

All Bible references are taken from the New King James Bible unless otherwise indicated.

If you would like to reprint or translate this book, please contact Steps to Life for permission.

Copyright ©1999 by Steps to Life

Click here to view other exciting posts on Bible Prophecy from Steps to Life.

Why Hitler Lost

by Michael C. Wells

Why Hitler LostIt was April 16, 1945. Zhukov, the Russian commander, launched his final attack on Berlin. The Allied troops, that had been bombing Berlin, were closing in on

the city. The Americans informed Stalin that the city was theirs to overrun while they liberated the concentration camps. On the 25 th of April, Soviet and American troops met at Torgau on the Elbe. The Soviets had surrounded Berlin and were pounding. the German forces. No mercy was shown by the Soviet troops, and German soldiers hastened to surrender to the American army for fear of being slaughtered by the Russians. The city was falling. All hope for a greater Germany was literally laid waste before their eyes. They had been promised a new, more powerful Germany and a united Europe under Hitler’s rule. Now all they could see was destruction, death, and anguish.

So demoralized was Hitler, that on April 30, 1945, he committed suicide in his own bunker. He had cherished great plans of kingly authority and unlimited power. He had seen early success and a unity of the German people. Everything seemed to be going his way, and then all of a sudden things began to change. What had happened? Why did Hitler lose the war? He had resources, manpower, loyalty, money, and power, to perform any task, yet he failed to unite Europe, with Germany as its leading state.

When Hitler first started his campaign, he worked so subtly that some European nations turned the other cheek and even signed peace accords with Germany. Russia was one of these countries. On September 1, 1939, when Germany attacked Poland, the Soviet Union had already signed the 10- year Nazi- Soviet Pact of nonaggression, a month before. A secret protocol had given up Poland and the Baltic States for division between Germany and the U.S.S.R. We can see the ramifications of this policy even today. Division and war have ever been constant in these regions.

Europe was in turmoil and nothing seemed to stop this killing machine of SovietNazi aggression. Hitler, though, had grander plans than just the occupation of a few little countries. He aspired to be Emperor of Europe. He, like many before him, wanted to see the unification of Europe. He quickly moved against Denmark and Norway, where he would find great wealth in ore, foods such as fish and dairy products, and an Atlantic harbor for his ships and submarines.

The Nazi machine continued to roll forward soundly defeating Great Britain and France at every turn. As the Allied troops tried to stop his advance, Hitler was way ahead of them in strategy and pure guile. On May 10, 1940, Germany pushed its Blitzkrieg through the Netherlands, Belgium, and Luxembourg. With no real defense, they fell quickly and by the 28 th of May, they laid down their arms and surrendered unconditionally.

The Nazi War- Machine

Throughout the 1930s in Europe and America, the Great Depression had taken its toll. Americans did not want to enter into another European war, especially not since they were just starting to recover from the depression that had affected the

country so terribly. Europe, too, was trying to recover from a similar depression, and was unprepared for such an aggressive attack by a country that most thought could not rise up again after World War I. Yet, Hitler had rallied the people of Germany with nationalism and anti- Semitism. Everything from the poor economy to liberalism was blamed on the Jewish people.

One of the most interesting facts of Hitler’s rise to power and continued success is seen when we look at who backed him in his efforts. In photos during this time, Cardinal Pacelli (later to become Pope Pius XII) is seen presenting Hitler with a concordat between the Vatican and the Nazi party. Outdoor masses were held in Munich, in 1937, to bless the Nazi Party and the Fuhrer.

An Invincible Force?

Many times, Hitler tried to play down his aggressive tendencies and put the League of Nations at ease. But like a lion, who is lying in the sun, taking in the rays of a hot summer day, it is still aware of the prey around it. When you least expect it, he is up and attacking his prey, crushing it between his powerful jaws.

Hitler was like a sleeping lion. He came out with vengeance and used the Blitzkrieg to demoralize the countries he subjugated. With every defeat of the Allied armies, Hitler became stronger and looked more invincible than before.

The collapse of France was a major victory for Germany. England and France were the only major countries fighting against the Nazi killing machine. France was thought to have an unbeatable army, yet on May 16, 1940, Germany sent in its mechanized forces, surprising the Allies by attacking through the wooded Ardennes rather than the Belgian plain, and drove the British Expeditionary Force from the continent. On June 14, the Germans entered Paris, unopposed, and forced France to sign an Armistice on the 22 nd of June, 1940. When France fell to Germany, neutral Italy attacked southern France and declared war on the Allied troops. Again Hitler received help: this time in the form of troops from Italy. With Mussolini now on the side of Hitler, most of western Europe defeated, and part of eastern Europe in disarray, Hitler’s dream of being the ruler of Europe seemed as though it was about to become a reality.

The Nazi Fuhrer lost no time in establishing his new world order in Europe. His policy consisted of terror, forced labor, and concentration camps. Hitler was well on his way to realizing his dream. In order to fulfill his dream of an Aryan nation, Hitler started persecuting many different racial groups. While the persecution of the Jews had much to do with their religion, the persecution of groups like the Slays, gypsies, and blacks was based on not only religious views but on racial hatred. Hitler hated these ‘impure” breeds of people who had contaminated his precious Aryan Germany. He set up concentration camps and eliminated whole groups of people. He was determined to purge Germany of all whom he concluded were the cause of Germany’s failure to become a great nation in World War I.

With the subjugation of most of Europe complete, Hitler turned His attention towards North Africa. Through Mussolini, an invasion of Libya and Egypt were attempted, but the Italian troops are surprised by British troops, and Hitler had to come to Mussolini’s aid. While Mussolini was making his attempt at North Africa,

Hitler had decided that the alliance between Germany and the U.S.S.R. had outlived its usefulness. This pact was only a temporary arrangement, in Hitler’s eyes, until he had used the Soviets to fulfill his purpose. Now with a large measure of success behind him, Hitler plans for the invasion of the U.S.S.R.

In 1941, Hitler ordered the invasion of the Soviet Union. He pushed hard into Russia and within a few days, the Nazi machine had advanced 400 miles. Major losses were accrued by the Russian forces. The Germans had captured over 300,000 prisoners in no more than 18 days. Within the first 48 hours, Soviet forces had lost over 2000 planes and, by the middle of the month, the German army was only200 miles from Moscow.

Predictions And Defiance

Many people in 1940— 1941 were sure that Hitler was unstoppable. There was speculation that Hitler would overrun all of Europe. The German people as a whole were behind him, and many of the European nations, who had not been attacked, claimed the status of neutrality. Everyone was afraid that if they opposed Hitler he would turn his forces upon them. Countries such as Sweden and Switzerland worked secretly with the Germans through economics and by allowing passage rights through their countries to ease Hitler’s attacks on other nations. America would only involve itself in supplying arms and munitions to the Allies, and was determined to avoid full- scale involvement in this solely European war. Many were looking for the sure demise of divided Europe and the establishment of a new unified Europe with Hitler at the head.

Yet, there were some that were predicting that Hitler would not succeed, and would meet his demise. These predictions were made at the height of Hitler’s power and seemed to fly in the face of common sense. Arthur S. Maxwell, editor of The Signs of the Times, continued to predict Hitler’s defeat right at the time of the fall of France. His editorials were cutting and direct.

How did he know Hitler would be defeated? Mr. Maxwell was an avid Bible student and predicted the downfall of Hitler and the failed unification of Europe, through the study of the prophecies of Daniel 2. Amazing, you might say! How could anyone, through the study of the book of Daniel be able to predict, at the height of Hitler’s career, that he would be utterly defeated? What was the key to understanding this truth, and why did not anyone else come to these same conclusions?

Hitler made a statement in March, 1941, that was in open defiance to God. Speaking to the German people, he said, “See my people? We do not need anything from God! We do not ask anything from Him except that He may let us alone. We want to fight our own war, with our own guns, without God. We want to gain our victory without the help of God.” This was quite a bold statement! Hitler believed in the arm of flesh and not in the arm of God. His philosophy was based on selfishness and self- righteousness. He thought his power sufficient to overcome any odds, and, in 1941, it looked like he would see his dreams fulfilled. But Hitler had failed to read the Bible and study the prophecies that would affect his success.

After the German invasion of the U.S.S.R., the structure of the Allied forces had shifted. Churchill, the new Prime Minister of Great Britain, promised Stalin economic and technical assistance against the Axis powers. This offer was accepted by Moscow, and Stalin signed a mutual- aid pact with London in July of 1941. While the British and Russians were coming together to battle Hitler’s Nazi regime, the United States was busy changing its home policy about this European war. President Roosevelt and Winston Churchill came together to form what was called the Atlantic Charter, which the U.S.S.R. and fourteen other non- Axis countries endorsed. The Atlantic Charter was designed as a counter thrust to a possible new Hitler offensive as well as a statement of postwar aims. Hitler did not know it yet, but the God of heaven was about to throw a “monkey wrench” into his plans of world conquest.

December 7, 1941, was a fateful day, the consequences of which became a determining factor in the downfall of Hitler. Early in the morning of that lazy Sunday, Japanese fighter- bombers, from an aircraft carrier far out at sea, wreaked havoc on a small Hawaiian island. The objective was to destroy the American fleet of ships at Pearl Harbor in one stroke. Little did Hitler realize that when his ally, Japan, attacked the United States it would lead to his ultimate defeat. Hitler was secure in the knowledge that this was a European war that the United States did not want to be involved in, and he was not planning to confront American servicemen and armament in Europe.

Hitler did not realize that the greatest Protestant nation on the earth was about to alter the policies and directives, which he had laid out in his new world order. America now became busy putting two forces together, one for Europe and one for Asian contingency.

Never think that God is not in control over the affairs of men. His all- knowing eye is upon each one of His people. We cannot always understand the workings of God, but never doubt that He is working for the best interest of His people. By bringing the United States into the war, God was showing His disdain for the policies that Hitler was pushing forward.

The battle was still being lost, as a whole, for the Allied armies even with the insurgence of the American army. As Hitler’s tanks plowed through Northern Africa and Eastern Europe, the German bombers were trying to level London. The Germans had used their time well in establishing fortified bases of operations. Planning for invasion by Allied troops, Hitler had beachheads mined, covered with barb wire, and protected by pillboxes and artillery guns. Several times Allied troops were cut off from advancements or literally backed into the sea. Hundreds of thousands died on those beaches, yet the Allies kept coming back for more. Hitler was confident that his strategies were sound and his positions were secure; yet back in America, Arthur Maxwell was still predicting the eventual defeat of Hitler. What was it that he knew that most people did not? In order to explain Mr. Maxwell’s certainty of Hitler’s defeat, we will have to go back into the prophecies of Daniel and read how this prophecy unfolds.

A King Dreams of Empires

In Daniel chapter 2, we read the story of King Nebuchadnezzar and the dream that fascinated him so much that he was determined to discover its meaning. Nebuchadnezzar was the king of Babylon, the Emperor of the known world, the head of the most powerful nation on the face of the earth, at that time. He was accustomed to getting his way and did not like to be played for a fool. So, when he had his dream, he called all of his wizards, magicians, sorcerers, and Chaldeans (the elite of his counselors) to explain his dream. However, these professed “revealers of the future” had a problem. The king could not remember the dream, and it plagued him because he knew it was important to understand.

I am sure you have had a dream that you wanted to remember, but it just slipped away from you as you awoke. This was what happened to King Nebuchadnezzar, and much to the dismay of his counselors, the king demanded that they tell him the dream, on penalty of death if they failed. Of course, none of these spiritualists could interpret a dream of unknown content. They had been ‘playing” the king for years with their tricks and spiritualism and had no real knowledge of the future. Only God knows the future, for He says, “Remember the former things of old, for I am God, and there is no other; I am God, and there is none like Me, declaring the end from the beginning, and from ancient times things that are not yet done, saying ‘My counsel shall stand, and I will do all My pleasure.” Isaiah 46: 9, 10.

Daniel was being trained to be one of the elite in the kingdom, and because of this, his head was also to roll if the dream was not made known.

Daniel, of course, did not know any more than the rest of the counselors, but he was not a pagan idol worshipper like the Babylonians. He was a Jew who had faith in the God of heaven. He had determined in his heart to honor God above all else. And so, when Daniel went to the Lord in prayer and asked to be shown the dream, it was granted him to present it to the king as a witness of future events.

You see, the God of heaven had sent this dream to a pagan king for the same reason he sends the Holy Spirit to convict our hearts. He was trying to bring this king to repentance, and He knew He had quite a work to do. Through this dream, the Lord was attempting to awaken King Nebuchadnezzar out of his spiritual slumber.

As Daniel presents the dream and the interpretation to Nebuchadnezzar, he first makes known to the king from where it came. “Daniel answered in the presence of the king, and said, ‘The secret, which the king has demanded, the wise men, the astrologers, the magicians, and the soothsayers cannot declare to the king. But there is a God in heaven who reveals secrets, and He has made known to King Nebuchadnezzar what will be in the latter days. Your dream, and the visions of your head upon your bed, were these:

As for you, O king, thoughts came to your mind while on your bed, about what would come to pass after this; and He who reveals secrets has made known to you what will be. But as for me, this secret has not been revealed to me because I have more wisdom than anyone living, but for our sakes who make known the interpretation to the king, and that you may know the thoughts of your heart.”

Daniel 2: 27— 30. Notice that Daniel takes no credit, but points to the magnificence of God. Daniel continues by telling the king that he has been shown a great image of awesome splendor. “This image’s head was of fine gold, its chest and arms of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of clay” Verses 32,33. What an image! The king knew immediately that this is exactly what he saw. As he was thrilled with the realization that Daniel actually knew his dream, Daniel continues: “You watched while a stone was cut out without hands, which struck the image on its feet of iron and clay, and broke them in pieces. Then the iron, the clay, the bronze, the silver, and the gold were crushed together, and became like chaff from the summer threshing floors; the wind carried them away so that no trace of them was found. And the stone that struck the image became a great mountain and filled the whole earth.” Verses 34,35.

Being an idol- worshipping king, Nebuchadnezzar was quite impressed with this image in its magnificent splendor, but was dismayed at the destruction of such a beautiful piece of workmanship. To think that this image of precious metals would be crushed by a huge stone was at the very least distressing. Then Daniel tells the king “You, O king,. . . you are this head of gold” (verses 37,38). This delighted the king that this golden head represented him, but Daniel was not done yet. “But after you shall arise another kingdom inferior to yours; then another, a third kingdom of bronze, which shall rule over all the earth. And the fourth kingdom shall be as strong as iron, inasmuch as iron breaks in pieces and shatters everything; and like iron that crushes, that kingdom will break in pieces and crush all the others.” Verses 39,40.

King Nebuchadnezzar was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire. The head of gold represented him. Yet, the king found that his kingdom was to be replaced by one inferior to his. This was unsettling to this pagan king that prided himself on his city of gold. As a matter of history, not too long after the death of Nebuchadnezzar, his kingdom did fall to the Persian Empire, which in turn fell to Alexander the Great (Greece), and, as God predicted, the fourth kingdom as strong as iron, crushed all others before it. We know from history that this world kingdom was the Roman Empire. Rome has always been called the iron monarchy, and it did beat down its adversaries showing no mercy to its enemies. By the time Rome was at the height of its power, all of Europe was under its control.

Europe – Forever Divided?

But notice what else was in the dream of Nebuchadnezzar. “Whereas you saw the feet and toes, partly of potter’s clay and partly of iron, the kingdom shall be divided; yet the strength of the iron shall be in it, just as you saw the iron mixed with ceramic clay. And as the toes of the feet were partly of iron and partly of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong and partly fragile. As you saw iron mixed with ceramic clay, they will not adhere to one another, just as iron does not mix with clay.” Verses 41 – 43.

God had predicted the downfall and division of Rome. In 476 A. D., Rome began its long descent into a divided Europe. Out of the Roman Empire emerged ten kingdoms, which are represented by the ten toes of the image. We can still see most

of them today in such countries as England, France, Spain, Germany, Portugal, etc. These European nations have fulfilled this prophecy to the letter, as it was predicted that they would “mingle with the seed of men, but they will not adhere to one another.” In order to bring peace and unity in Europe, arranged marriages among the ruling families were common during the Middle Ages. The thought being that if all of the royalty were related to one another, no one would fight against their own flesh and blood. Unfortunately, greed and sinful desires have always been stronger than blood. So although these kingdoms “mingle with the seed of men,” God said, “they will not adhere to one another.” In other words, these kingdoms of the late Roman Empire, which is now called Europe, will never become one empire again.

Humanistic mankind loves to try to prove God wrong, but the Lord has never been proven wrong. Why? Hebrews 6: 18 says, “that by two immutable things, in which it is impossible for God to lie, we might have strong consolation, who have fled for refuge to lay hold of the hope set before us.”

Throughout the past centuries, men have tried to reunite Europe. In the eighth century, Charlemagne, proclaimed heir to the Roman Empire, tried to reunite Europe into one empire. In the sixteenth century, Charles V tried the same thing, and again in the nineteenth century, Napoleon made a valiant effort to unite Europe again. Napoleon proclaimed to the people “I wanted to found a European system, a European code of law, a European court of appeals.” Yet, God said, “They will not adhere.” When God gives a vision, no man can change it. The Lord of heaven predicted only four world empires and the continued separation of Europe. Nothing could change that and nothing will change it.

War after war has been waged in Europe to bring unity into this continent. Even today, we see nation fighting against nation, kingdom against kingdom just as Jesus predicted in Matthew 24.

Notice here in Daniel 2: 42,43, that the ten toes would be a mixture of strong and weak countries. If you look at Europe, you will see just how true this prediction is today. Europe is a very diversified continent with wealthy countries, struggling democracies and socialist states. Because of the different cultures, religions, and political agendas, it is not hard to imagine why Europe is so divided. God knew of these problems and wrote in the prophecies of Daniel for all to know. Europe will never unite!

In 1939, Hitler thought he could change the structure of Europe. As his bombers dropped bombs on England, and his tanks rolled through France, he entertained ideas of grandeur. As his German scientist worked on the V2 rocket in the later years of the war, Hitler still held out hope for a greater Germany, but even he could not change what God saw in the future for Europe. Hitler had marked success for quite a few years, but on April 30,1945, Hitler saw that his dreams of a united Europe had failed and he took his own life. Seven days later the German army formally gave an unconditional surrender. Hitler’s Third Reich had come to an end.

If Hitler had understood the prophecies of Daniel he would have been forewarned of his eventual defeat. However, like most people of today, he had no interest in

what God had to say and paid the price for rejecting the knowledge of life that God gives to every person who will search for His will in their lives. Hitler did not lose the war because of the entrance of the American army into the war, or because of the stiff opposition that the U. S. S. R. gave to the invasion of their country or because of bad strategy on his part, but because the God of heaven, King of Kings, Majesty of the Universe, the one who declares the beginning from the end, said Europe would never unite again.

The More Sure Word of Prophecy

Why was Arthur Maxwell so convinced that this prophecy was true and would work out just as he said? We can read his assurance in Daniel 2: 45: “. . . the dream is certain, and the interpretation is sure.” God gave that assurance to him through these two words. If God says it, we can be sure of it, for God cannot tell a lie. God’s word is always certain and sure, and it cannot be changed by erring, sinful men. Today again we see men trying to unite Europe into one nation. Again we see some marked success, but again, men are trying to go directly against the knowledge of God. They are trying to establish a union that does not have the blessing of heaven.

Did you know that the Lord even predicted that this would happen in the last days? Look at what He says will happen in the last days of these kingdoms, when they try to unite themselves into one body. “You watched while a stone was cut out without hands, which struck the image on its feet of iron and clay, and broke them in pieces. Then the iron, the clay, the bronze, the silver, and the gold were crushed together, and became like chaff from the summer threshing floors; the wind carried them away so that no trace of them was found. And the stone that struck the image became a great mountain and filled the whole earth.” Daniel 2: 34,3 5.

Here we see a stone destroying the image and crushing it into dust. We can find out what this stone is by looking at Bible definitions. The Bible always interprets itself As Jesus tells a story to the chief priests and people, in Matthew 21: 33— 44, we gain understanding into this prophecy by studying another prophecy. Here in Matthew 21 :42, Jesus refers to Himself as the, “Stone which the builders [Jews] rejected.” Then He gives us more insight into this stone and image of Daniel when He says, “And whoever falls on this stone will be broken; but on whomever it falls, it will grind him to powder.” Verse 44. If our pride and selfishness is broken on the Chief Cornerstone (Jesus), our willfullness and self- exultation will be broken. But if we do not submit to Him, when He comes, He will crush us into powder. We shall be destroyed by the brightness of His coming. (See 2 Thessalonians 1: 7— 9; 2: 8.) “And in the days of these kings (kingdoms) the God of heaven will set up a kingdom which shall never be destroyed; and the kingdom shall not be left to other people; it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand forever.” Daniel 2: 44.

The God of heaven is ever interested in the events of human history. One inspired writer expresses this thought this way: “In the annals of human history, the growth of nations, the rise and fall of empires, appear as if dependent on the will and prowess of man; the shaping of events seems, to a great degree, to be determined by his power, ambition, or caprice. But in the word of God the curtain is drawn aside, and we behold, above, behind, and through all the play and counter- play of human interest and power and passions, the agencies of the All-merciful One, silently, patiently working out the counsels of His own will.” Prophets and Kings, p.499, by Ellen G. White.

The facts of Hitler’s defeat are clear. With overpowering forces, armament, and resources, he went forth to conquer the world. He systematically brought country after country to its knees, but the fact remains that he was doomed to failure. The God of heaven knows the beginning from the end. He can see down the streams of time and knows how to fulfill His purposes.

We are on the verge of the last and final battle to take place on this earth. We see the countries of Europe hastening to bring Europe back to the greatness it had during the days of the Roman Empire. As the great men of the world, labor to reunite Europe once again, the prophecies of Daniel ring louder and louder in our ears. In these last days, when men once again try to go against God, He will come back and destroy the kingdoms of this earth. “The kingdoms of this world have become the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ, and He shall reign forever and ever. The nations were angry, and Your wrath has come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that You should reward your servants the prophets and the saints, and those who fear Your name, small and great, and should destroy those who destroy the earth.” Revelation 11: 15,18.

Men do not realize that they are fighting against the God of heaven. They are blinded to the truth of what is happening in the world today. But God has given a warning to every man, woman, and child. “Fear (respect) God and give glory to Him.” Revelation 14: 7. All He asks of you and me today is to obey and honor Him, and if we do, He has promised to protect us and be our God. He is ever trying to work out His plan in our lives, using every means possible to encourage, guide and instruct us in the paths of righteousness.

As earth’s history comes to a close and time grows short, He is saying to each of us, “Behold I stand at the door and knock If anyone hears My voice and opens the door, I will come in to him and dine with him, and he with Me.” Revelation 3: 20. Do you hear Him knocking?

As the nations become angrier and war becomes more common place, will you follow the world of Hitlers and Napoleons, or will you serve the God of heaven who has sacrificed His only Son for you? It is a life and death decision that we must make today. I leave you with one question. Who will you follow today?

Sources:

  • Conway, J. S., The Nazi Persecution of the Churches.
  • J. T. C., Smokescreens. Grolier 1997 Multimedia Encyclopedia
  • Maxwell, Arthur S., The Signs of the Times.
  • White, E. G., Prophets and Kings.

If you would like to reprint or translate this book please contact Steps to Life for permission.

Click here to view other exciting posts on Bible Prophecy from Steps to Life.

The Race to Contact the Dead

by Cody Francis

The Race to Contact the DeadThere is something that no skeptic in the world can deny. The Bible, heaven, God and Jesus may all be rashly denied, but none dare deny the fact that all are headed toward death. Because of the undeniable fact that we are all headed toward death, a haunting question vaunts itself into the minds of many: “after death, what?” The subject of death creates a range in the emotional spectrum that can go from paranoia to fascination. The fascination with death and the realization of the impossibility of escape from death, has led many into a race to contact the dead.

Recently there has been an explosion of interest in the unknown mysteries of death. The phenomenon of claiming to be able to contact the dead is becoming almost common place. Hollywood movies fill the screens with plots revolving around the ability to contact the dead. The movie The Sixth Sense, dealing with a young boy’s ESP and ability to contact the dead, hit number one at the box office for weeks in a row and has brought in hundreds of millions of dollars. Books, movies, TV, magazines, the Internet, all seem to be feeding America’s interest in contacting the dead. While preparing this booklet a popular magazine caught my attention while standing in line at the grocery store. The cover said, “A hit movie has people asking, is there a Sixth Sense? Whether they’re mediums with a message or phonies after a fast buck, a new breed of psychic has made believers of millions who long to talk to the dead.” (People Weekly, October 25, 1999) This article takes a look at mediums (those who claim to communicate with the dead) and their opponents. It declares, “In a 1994 USA Today-CNN-Gallup poll, almost 70 million Americans said they think it’s possible to communicate with the dead. Meanwhile, the afterlife business is booming in the U.S. Books about contacting the dead have crowded onto The New York Times bestseller list in the past two years, and the paranormal is at full boil on TV. Leeza, Montel, and Larry King Live regularly feature segments on the spirit world. . . . On the Internet, hundreds of niche sites spread the ghostly gospel, including some devoted to home snapshots of eerie ectoplasmic forms floating around backyard parties, and instructions on how to have your own ADC (after death communication) with loved ones.” (People Weekly, October 25, 1999, pg. 118.) Clearly the race to contact the dead has well nigh swept across America.

With the increased interest in afterlife, it becomes necessary for every Christian to thoroughly investigate from the Scriptures to see what God’s Word teaches about what happens at death. If this is something that the Scriptures commend, then surely Christians should not be left out of the race to contact the dead, but if this is something that the Scriptures explicitly forbid, every Christian should be foremost in warning their friends of this dangerous deception.

The Abomination

The Bible is actually remarkably clear upon whether it is safe for a Christian to contact their dead loved ones. “Give no regard to mediums and familiar spirits; do not seek after them, to be defiled by them: I am the Lord your God.” [Leviticus 19:31]. Clearly it is defiling to seek after mediums (those who call up the dead.) The Lord said to “give no regard” to them. “When you come into the land which the Lord your God is giving you, you shall not learn to follow the abominations of those nations. There shall not be found among you anyone who makes his son or his daughter pass through the fire, or one who practices witchcraft, or a soothsayer, or one who interprets omens, or a sorcerer, or one who conjures spells, or a medium, or a spiritist, or one who calls up the dead. For all who do these things are an abomination to the Lord, and because of these abominations the Lord your God drives them out from before you. You shall be blameless before the Lord your God. For these nations which you will dispossess listened to soothsayers and diviners; but as for you, the Lord your God has not appointed such for you.” [Deuteronomy 18:9-14]. This even gives us an idea as to why the Canaanites were driven from the land of Canaan. They had become inundated with these practices of spiritualism. There is an entire list that the Lord gives us so that we will not be misled. The very foundational cornerstone of most of the ones mentioned in the list above is the supposed ability to contact the dead, and just so that there is no mistaking it, the Lord adds in unmistakable words, “or one who calls up the dead.” It is an abomination before the Lord to go to someone who claims to be able to contact the dead. This was one of the reasons that the Lord’s anger was kindled against the inhabitants of Canaan, and it will rekindle His anger again if we get involved with the deceptive practices of spiritualism.

It is actually an insult to the God of heaven to communicate with the dead for any reason. When King Ahaziah of Israel fell through a lattice and was injured he sent a messenger to ask of Baal-Zebub of Ekron whether he was going to recover from his injury or not. Elijah met him with the stern message, “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to inquire of Baal-Zebub, the god of Ekron?” [II kings 1:3]. Because the king had gone to inquire of Baal-Zebub instead of the God of Israel, he was to die, and it happened exactly as prophesied. The Lord regards it the same way if we turn to the dead instead of the God of heaven. “And when they say to you, ‘Seek those who are mediums and wizards, who whisper and mutter,’ should not a people seek their God? Should they seek the dead on behalf of the living? To the law and to the testimony! If they do not speak according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” [Isaiah 8:19,20]. By going in search of what the dead have to say, we are turning our back upon the God of heaven. He says, “Should not a people seek their God?” Why do those who profess His name turn to the dead instead of to the living God? If we are following the God of heaven should we not go to Him instead of the dead? It is an abomination and an insult to God to attempt to contact the dead instead of seeking Him for wisdom and guidance.

In ancient Israel, this was something that was so offensive that God gave the instruction that if there were those who went against the Word of God and attempted to contact the dead, they were to be stoned. “A man or a woman who is a medium, or who has familiar spirits, shall surely be put to death; they shall stone them with stones. Their blood shall be upon them.” [Leviticus 20:27.] One who attempted to contact the dead (a medium) or one who dealt with spirits was not to last long. Then again in the New Testament a similar warning is given. “But outside (the New Jerusalem) are dogs and sorcerers and sexually immoral and murderers and idolaters, and whoever loves and practices a lie.” [Revelation 22:15.] “But the cowardly, unbelieving, abominable, murderers, sexually immoral, sorcerers, idolaters, and all liars shall have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone, which is the second death. [Revelation 21:8]. This time it is not the physical death, but even worse, the lake of fire that the sorcerers receive. (Sorcery is based on the supposed contact with evil spirits and the spirits of the dead, and is grouped with contacting the dead in Deuteronomy 18:9-11.) God is very clear upon this subject. Those in Israel’s day who ventured onto the forbidden ground of communication with the dead met the sentence of death, and those who follow suit today will partake of the lake of fire.

It is clear from the Bible that neither anciently, nor now, are God’s people to have anything to do with mediums or calling up the dead. It is an abomination, and the Lord explicitly tells us to give no regard to them. Paul, writing in the New Testament counsels, “have no fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness, but rather expose them.” [Ephesians 5:11]. Although the seriousness of this matter can be seen, the question naturally arises, why such a strict prohibition? It is simply an innocent communication with our loved relatives. We communicated with them while they were still alive, what could be wrong with it once they are dead?

The Impassable Gulf

God in His great love and mercy for us has put an impassable gulf between the dead and the living. The living cannot communicate with the dead, and the dead cannot communicate with the living. “As the cloud disappears and vanishes away, so he who goes down to the grave does not come up. He shall never return to his house, nor shall his place know him anymore.” [Job 7:9, 10]. The Word of God plainly declares that once a person dies, he does not come back up. Job says that it is like a cloud, once it disappears and vanishes, it doesn’t return. He is never going to return to his house. There will, of course, be a resurrection. Job was not trying to say that once a person died it was all over, but he was making it clear that once a person goes down to the grave, they will not return to this earth again. “So man lies down and does not rise. Till the heavens are no more, they will not awake, nor be roused from their sleep.” [Job 14:12]. The same concept is explained, but there is more detail given. Once man dies, he is not going to come back until the heavens are no more. Since the dead are never going to return to their place, it would be futile to attempt to communicate with them, for his place shall know him no more.

God, in His love, has given us this prohibition so we will not be deceived. We are warned in the New Testament about this grave deception. “Now the Spirit expressly says that in the latter times some will depart from the faith, gibing heed to deceiving spirits and doctrines of demons” [1 Timothy 4:1]. “Beloved, to not believe every spirit, but test the spirits, whether they are of God; because many false prophets have gone out into the world.” [1 John 4:1]. There are deceiving spirits out there, so we are exhorted to test the spirits in order that we are not deceived. If we are not testing the spirits, we will inevitably be deceived. That the dead cannot cross the gulf back to the living, is one of those tests. God has given us this test because He knew that without it the Devil could counterfeit our loved ones and thus deceive us.

The Bible tells us that the Devil can transform himself, and frequently does! “And no wonder! For Satan himself transforms himself into an angel of light.” [II Corinthians 11:14]. The Devil can be transformed into an angel of light, and his agents put on his wily masks as well. “Therefore, it is no great thing if his ministers also transform themselves into ministers of righteousness, whose end will be according to their works.” [II Corinthians 11:15]. It is no great thing for the Devil or his fallen angels [Revelation 12:9] to appear to come back in the guise of a loved one. After all, did not Satan first some in the form of a serpent in the Garden of Eden? [Genesis 3:1-5, 14-15]. God knew that these deceiving spirits could impersonate our dead loves ones and we would be unable to tell the difference, so He put an impassible barrier between the dead and the living. We know that if someone claims to be a deceased loved one, they are not from God. God has said that will not happen. Once a person goes down to the grave, they will not come up again. Thus, if there is one who claims to be able to hold conversation with the dead, in reality he is conversing with the Devil or one of his angels. When we understand this, it is not hard to see why God calls communicating with the dead an abomination. It is not hard to understand why God instructed that all who did this be put to death. It is not hard to explain that those who continue to do this without repenting will have their part in the lake of fire. (For more information see Steps to Life’s booklet Secrets From the Spirit World, by Michael Wells).

The Sleep of Death

In order to understand the subject of contacting the dead, it is also necessary to understand how death is described throughout the Bible. In the overwhelming majority of texts, in both the Old and New Testaments, death is referred to as a “sleep.” Job was probably one of the earliest patriarchs, and he knew what death was, “Why did I not die at birth?… For now I would have lain still and been quiet, I would have been asleep; then I would have been at rest.” [Job 3:11,13]. Moses knew what death was, “And the Lord said unto Moses, ‘Behold, thou shalt sleep with thy fathers;'” [Deuteronomy 31:16 KJV]. David knew what death was, “Consider and hear me, O Lord my God; Enlighten my eyes, lest I sleep the sleep of death;” [Psalms 13:3]. Jeremiah knew what death was, “And I will make drunk her princes and wise men, her governors, her deputies, and her mighty men. And they shall sleep a perpetual sleep and not awake,’ says the King, whose name is the Lord of hosts.” [Jeremiah 51:57]. Daniel knew what death was, “And many of those who sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt.” [Daniel 12:2]. Our Lord Jesus Himself testified as to what death is, “These things He said, and after that He said to them, ‘Our friend Lazarus sleeps, but I go that I may wake him up.’ Then His disciples said, ‘Lord, if he sleeps he will get well.’ However, Jesus spoke of his death, but they thought that He was speaking about taking rest in sleep. Then Jesus said to them plainly, ‘Lazarus is dead.'” [John 11:11-14]. There is no mistaking what Jesus is talking about. Jesus plainly calls death a sleep. Paul knew what death was, “Behold, I tell you a mystery: We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed–” [I Corinthians 15:51]. Lastly, we find that Peter also called death a sleep, “And saying, ‘Where is the promise of His coming? For since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of creation.””[II Peter 3:4]. This is such predominant terminology in the Bible that in the King James Version the words “sleep, sleepeth, asleep, etc.” are used to describe death in no less than sixty verses. (See Deuteronomy 31:16; II Samuel 7:12; I Kings 1:21; 2:10; 11:21; 43; 14:20, 31; 15:8, 24; 16:6, 28; 22:14, 50; II Kings 8:24; 10:35; 13:9, 13; 14:16, 22, 29; 15:7, 22, 38; 16:20; 20:21; 21:8; 24:6; II Chronicles 9:31; 12:16; 14:1; 16:31; 21:1; 26:2; 27:9; 28:27; 32:33; 33:20; Job 3:13; 7:21; 14:10-12; Psalms 13:3; 76:5, 6; Jeremiah 51:39, 57; Daniel 12:2; Matthew 27:52; John 11:11-14; Acts 7:60; I Corinthians 11:30, 15:6, 18, 20, 51; I Thessalonians 4:13, 14, 15; 5:10; II Peter 3:4).

Since this is something that is so widely taught throughout the Bible, we must take note of it and try to understand what it is teaching us. Over and over again death is referred to as a sleep. What is sleep? Sleep is an unconscious state when man is totally oblivious to all that goes on around him. A man that is peacefully sleeping does not know of the calamities and problems that are going on around him. World War III could break out and he would not know it. The silent sleeper is unaware of anything taking place around him until the moment he awakes. The first thing that he has cognizance of is the alarm clock ringing or the sun rising. There may have been ten minutes that have elapsed, or eight hours. It is as a moment of time to the sound sleeper. How fitting and comforting a representation of death. Instead of trying to explain the soaring of some spirit to unknown worlds’ afar, the one who dies is silently sleeping in the grave where he was laid. This is something that our ancestors knew. Years ago the letters R.I.P. (or “Rest in Peace”) were engraved upon many tombstones. Sleep silently in the grave until your Maker calls you forth. Thus, if death is a sleep, a resting in the grave as the Bible testifies over and over again, it can clearly be seen why there is an impassable gulf between the dead and the living. Since death is a sleep from which none can awake until they hear the voice of the Creator Himself, it is an impossibility to communicate with our dead loved ones. They are sleeping in the grave awaiting the voice of the Son of God.

Is the Sleep of Death Conscious or Unconscious?

While we are taking a nap, it is common to have dreams or even nightmares. What kind of sleep is this “sleep of death”? Is it an unconscious, dreamless sleep, or is there a conscious existence? Once again, our only safety is in turning to the Inspired Book, the Word of God. We cannot turn to the right hand or to the left. There is no one who truly knows the mysteries of death aside from the one who said; “You shall surely die.” [Genesis 2:17]. The testimony of the Bible is once again unmistakable. “For the living know that they will die; but the dead know nothing, and they have no more reward, for the memory of them is forgotten. Also their love, their hatred, and their envy have now perished; nevermore will they have a share in anything done under the sun…. Whatever your hand finds to do, do it with your might; for there is no work or device or knowledge or wisdom in the grave where you are going.” [Ecclesiastes 9:5, 6, 10]. Solomon, the wisest man that has ever lived upon the earth, declared, “the dead know nothing.” Obviously the sleep of death is an unconscious state. He further says that all of their emotions have perished. They have no more love, hatred, etc. Then the warning is given to the living, do what you can with your might because in the grave you will be unable to anything, because there is no wisdom, knowledge, etc. in the grave. The Psalmist testifies of this same thing, “Put not your trust in princes, nor in the son of man, in whom there is no help. His breath goeth forth, he returneth to his earth; in that very day his thoughts perish.” [Psalms 146:3, 4 KJV]. In the very day that a person dies, his thoughts perish. His thinking process comes to a standstill. Problems are no longer wrestled with, solutions are no longer found. The amazing organ of the brain ceases to turn, the neurons and electric currents of the brain no longer carry their messages back and forth. The thoughts perish. At that moment of death everything ceases to exist. The conflicting emotions stop. Knowledge and wisdom comes to an end. The thoughts perish. Instead of this life of turmoil and problems, the deceased are silently and peacefully sleeping in their grave. Time is frozen for them. Although life moves on in our world, it is all unbeknownst to the deceased. They are neither writhing in anguish and pain, nor looking down from bliss and seeing the agony and suffering that we are enduring. They are unconsciously sleeping in the grave where they have been laid.

There is another way that we know from the Bible that the “sleep of death” is an unconscious state, and that is because we are repeatedly told that the dead are not praising God. “Will You work wonders for the dead? Shall the dead arise and praise You? Shall Your loving-kindness be declared in the grave? Or Your faithfulness in the place of destruction?” [Psalms 88:10, 11]. “For in death there is no remembrance of You; in the grave who will give You thanks?” [Psalms 6:5]. “The dead do not praise the Lord, nor any who go down into silence. But we will bless the Lord from this time forth and forevermore.” [Psalms 115:17, 18]. The Psalms repeatedly declare that it is the living that praise God. “The dead do not praise the Lord.” Surely if the righteous dead have a conscious existence, they would be praising God. If they had ascended to heaven where all worship and praise the Lord, they would certainly join in the praise. But no,

The inspired record declares that they do not praise the Lord and that there is not even remembrance of Him in death. Why? Because, in the very day of death, the thoughts perish. The righteous, with the wicked, are alike sleeping in their graves awaiting the call of the Master.

What Happens at Death?

“Then the dust will return to the earth as it was, and the spirit will return to God who gave it.” [Ecclesiastes 12:7]. There are two elements to humanity–the dust and the spirit, and both return to their respective places. By looking in the beginning it will help us to understand these two parts. “And the Lord God formed man of the dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.” [Genesis 2:7 KJV]. There we have the two elements again–the dust and the breath of life. In the beginning God molded Adam from the dust. The Lord sculpted his shape and there lay the lifeless Adam. He was sculpted and molded perfectly. There were his head and brain, heart and all the necessary organs for life, but there was still no life in him. Then God worked that miracle and breathed into him the breath of life. Instantly, life surged through Adam and he became a living being. The breath of life was the necessary element from God to give Adam life. It was the spark and element of life, that life-giving current that each of us has. The breath and the spirit can be used interchangeably in the Scriptures as can be seen in the following text, “All the while my breath is in me, and the spirit of God is in my nostrils; my lips shall not speak wickedness, nor my tongue utter deceit.” [Job 27:3, 4 KJV]. Job is here saying that as long as God gives him the breath, or spirit of life, he will obey God. The breath and the spirit are used interchangeably here. The Psalmist tells us what happens at death, but also what happens when life is given. “You hid Your face, they are troubled; You take away their breath, they die and return to their dust. You send forth Your Spirit, they are created; and You renew the face of the earth.” [Psalms 104:29,30]. When God takes away the breath, a person dies. When God gives His breath, or spirit (in these two verses, spirit and breath are the same Hebrew word, ruwach) a person has life. When we compare all of these verses it becomes clear what the spirit is that returns to God. It is simply the life-giving force that makes the heart beat, the brain think, and the lungs breathe. It is not some conscious existence. It is the element of life that God is preserving until the resurrection. Furthermore, this breath and spirit of life is actually the same in both man and beasts. “For what happens to the sons of men also happens to beasts, one thing befalls them: as one dies, so dies the other. Surely, they all have one breath; man has no advantage over beasts, for all is vanity. All go to one place: all are from the dust, and all return to dust. Who knows the spirit of the sons of men, which goes upward, and the spirit of the beast, which goes down to the earth?” [Ecclesiastes 3:19-21]. Solomon is comparing man and beasts and tells us that both have the same breath or spirit (again, the words translated breath and spirit are the same Hebrew word, ruwach). Both die, and both return to dust, but there is one fundamental difference–man’s breath, or spirit, goes upward, while beast’s breath, or spirit, goes downward. Clearly then, the spirit that returns to God is not a soul, is not conscious, or anything like that, for it is the same as the spirit of animals. The difference is that moral beings such as people will have a resurrection, while animals will not, so God preserves the life-giving force of man until the resurrection. What happens at death? The spirit, that spark of life, returns to God and the body decays back into dust. Man is sleeping in the grave, peacefully awaiting the resurrection.

The Nature of Man

Popular religious belief is that the soul does not die, but that it simply takes on a new existence. (This flavors more of paganism than Christianity.) It is taught that the soul cannot die, that in reality it is immortal. If this were the case, all of the above texts that we have studied would be in blatant contradiction to this. Once again, going back to the beginning will help to give us an understanding of the true nature of man. “But of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil you shall not eat, for in the day that you eat of it, you shall surely die.” [Genesis 2:17]. God said plainly and explicitly, “You shall surely die.” He did not say, “You shall probably die,” or “You shall sort of die, but actually it will only be taking on a new existence.” He said, “You shall surely die.” There was someone else that said something different, though. “And the serpent said to the woman, ‘You will not surely die.'” [Genesis 3:4]. Here we have God saying one thing and the Devil, speaking through the serpent, saying another. Who are we going to believe? Yet, even though God explicitly says one thing and the Devil blatantly contradicts it, most of the religious world is choosing to believe the Devil instead of God.

By saying that the soul does not die, it simply floats to eternal bliss or eternal misery, we are in reality saying that the soul is immortal. The soul is not immortal; God alone is immortal. “Now to the King eternal, immortal, invisible, to God who alone is wise, be honor and glory forever and ever. Amen.” [I Timothy 1:17]. God is the eternal, invisible, immortal King. This is in fact, the only time that the word immortal is found in the Bible, and it is clearly referring to the Omnipotent God, and not a soul. “Which He will manifest in His own time, He who is the blessed and only Potentate, the King of kings and Lord of lords, who alone has immortality, dwelling in unapproachable light, who no man has seen or can see, to whom be honor and everlasting power. Amen.” [I Timothy 6:15, 16]. The Scriptures again tell us that God is the only one who has immortality. If He is the only one that has immortality, then human souls obviously do not have immortality. The change that takes place at Jesus’ Second Coming is what gives all of the saved immortality, but they do not have it until the change takes place. “Behold, I tell you a mystery: We shall not all sleep, be we shall all be changed–in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet. For the trumpet will sound and the dead will be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed. For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality. So when this corruptible has put on incorruption, and this mortal has put on immortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written: ‘Death is swallowed up in victory.'” [I Corinthians 15:51-54]. It is not until the last trumpet sounds that the righteous receive immortality. Not one upon this earth has immortality; it is at the Second Coming that the righteous mortals will be clothed with immortality as a gift from God, the only one who has immortality.

The Bible explicitly tells us that the soul can die. “Behold, all souls are Mine; the soul of the father as well as the soul of the son is Mine; the soul who sins shall die.”…”The soul who sins shall die. The son shall not bear the guilt of the father, nor the father bear the guilt of the son. The righteousness of the righteous shall be upon himself, and the wickedness of the wicked shall be upon himself.” [Ezekiel 18:4, 20]. There is no getting around the plain words of Scripture–the soul is not immortal, it can die. The belief that the soul is immortal, and at death simply floats elsewhere, is a doctrine straight from paganism and is found nowhere in the Bible. The Bible teaches that man’s nature is mortal, a combination of the body and the spirit forms the soul. [Genesis 2:7]. At death, the soul is sleeping in the grave until the resurrection because the spirit returns to God and the body returns to the dust.

The Biblical “After Death Experience”

Many people have given me very detailed descriptions of different “after death experiences, or near death experiences.” That they have had or that they have read about. They become very attached to these ideas and no matter how plainly the Bible contradicts what they have read, it seems easier to believe the experiences that others have claimed to have had, rather than what the Bible says. That in itself is a very dangerous mindset to get into. We are to test everything by the Bible, not test the Bible by what we have heard. But the most interesting thing to me is that, of all of the “after death experiences” that people have told me about, few really seem to agree. All of them seem to have little differences. That makes me question which, if any, are true. Others have asked me, “When does the soul return to God, before or after the funeral?” Once again, I have heard both answers substantiated by some sort of supernatural experience. Again, I must ask, if these are to be trusted, how do we know which is true? When you really start to look into it, how do you know what to believe? The only way that we can know the truth is to look in the Word of God. [John 17:17].

There is an example in the Bible of someone who had not just a “near death experience,” but a complete after death experience. All of the contemporary “after death experiences” are only very short lived; usually a matter of minutes, never involving hours, but the Biblical instance was four days. Surely, just by the length of time we would have to say that this is the most credible “after death experience” of all. This “after death experience” is found in the eleventh chapter of John. One of Jesus’ most devoted followers, most devoted friend became deathly ill. The message was given to Jesus to come quickly that He might heal Lazarus. Strangely, though, Jesus delayed. He didn’t seem to have much of an interest, and then after waiting several days, he decided to go and “wake” Lazarus up. Jesus had waited because this was to be the crowning miracle of Jesus’ ministry before His death. When Jesus and the disciples made it to Bethany, Lazarus “had already been in the tomb four days.” [John 11:17]. Jesus had waited until Lazarus had been in the tomb four days to show His miraculous power and to give us a Biblical example of an “after death experience.” The funeral had taken place and the friends and relatives were still in the grieving process. (verse 33) After talking with Martha, and weeping with Mary, Jesus now gives the command to move the stone. Martha is repulsed at the thought of the stench of her decaying brother, and objects. (verse 39) After prayer, Jesus then gives the command; “Lazarus, come forth!” (verse 43) Lazarus comes out of the tomb and is unloosed, but to our surprise, and account of his wonder “after death experience” is not given. Why? Lazarus was simply asleep in the grave. (verse 11) Have you ever thought how cruel of an act this would have been if Lazarus was already in heaven? Can you imagine how wonderful it would have been to be in the Father’s presence in the glories of heaven for four days? To be in the splendor and the brightness of it all, and then come back to this sin-polluted and darkened world? It would have been like returning to a dungeon cell that you had been freed from. If Lazarus were in heaven, freed from trials and problems of this earth, why would Jesus have been so unkind as to call him back? The answer is simple. Lazarus was asleep in the grave. He had no “after death experience” because he had been sleeping and did not know anything. It was like a split second from the time he passed away until the time Jesus called him back, even though it had been four days. It was not cruelty for Jesus to bring him back to life, for he had not ascended to heaven. It is not strange that an “after death experience” is not related, because he did not have one; he was asleep in the grave like every other person who had died.

There is another example of a man who has died that we know for a certainty did not ascend into heaven. Peter, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, gives us no room for doubt. “Men and brethren, let me speak freely to you of the patriarch David, that he is both dead and buried, and his tomb is with us to this day….For David did not ascent into the heavens.” [Acts 2:29, 34]. No one will doubt that David was a righteous man. He had indeed sinned, but his repentance was sincere and he had been accepted. God had said that David was a man after His own heart. [I Samuel 13:14]. Surely, if anyone goes to heaven at their death, a man after God’s own heart would. But, no, that is not what Peter says. He tells the listeners that David DID NOT ascend into the heavens, that he is still in his tomb. Why was David still in his tomb one thousand years after his death? Because he is asleep in the grave awaiting resurrection.

The Resurrection–Our Hope

We see all through the New Testament that the great hope of the apostles was the resurrection, and it is the resurrection that is to be our great hope as well. It is the resurrection that is to be our comfort in the time of loss. “But I do not want you to be ignorant, brethren, concerning those who have fallen asleep, lest you sorrow as others who have no hope….For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of an archangel, and with the trumpet of God. And the dead in Christ will rise first. Then, we who are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air. And thus, we shall always be with the Lord. Therefore comfort one another with these words. [I Thessalonians 4:13, 16-18]. There were apparently teachers among the Thessalonians that were teaching that there was no resurrection. [I Corinthians 15:12]. Paul rebukes them for believing this error. He says we are not to sorrow as others who have no hope. Why? Because when Jesus returns, He is going to resurrect the dead as He was resurrected, and bring both the dead and the living to heaven with Him. Notice it is this truth of the resurrection that is to be our comfort. This is the very way that Jesus comforted Martha when Lazarus died, and it was what Martha was looking forward to. “Jesus said to her, ‘Your brother will rise again.'” Martha said to Him, ‘I know that he will rise again in the resurrection at the last day.'” [John 11:23, 24]. Martha did not say, “I know he is in heaven.” She was looking forward, by faith, to the resurrection. She knew that all the righteous dead would be resurrected at the last day, and expected to meet her brother then, not before. Truly, God’s way is best. It may not be what we have always thought, but God knows best and it is our part to trust implicitly in Him. How comforting to know that our loved ones are not in heaven mourning over the trials and problems that we are going through. They are asleep in the grave, and if they have followed Jesus, they will be resurrected when Jesus comes again. What a precious comfort!

It is the resurrection, not death that we are repeatedly taught to look forward to when we will receive our reward. Jesus said, “And you will be blessed, because they cannot repay you; for you shall be repaid at the resurrection of the just.” [Luke 14:14]. It is at the resurrection that we will be repaid. Paul said, “If, by any means, I may attain to the resurrection from the dead.” [Philippians 3:11]. Paul was looking forward as Jesus said, to the resurrection of the dead. In fact, this was his hope, “I have hope in God, which they themselves also accept, that there will be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just and the unjust.” [Acts 24:15]. In I Corinthians 15, Paul is combating the belief that there is no resurrection (similar to the belittling of the importance of the resurrection today,) and makes some very revealing statements. “But if there is no resurrection of the dead, then Christ is not risen…. Then also those who have fallen asleep in Christ have perished. If in this life only we have hope in Christ, we are of all men the most pitiable.” [I Corinthians 15:13, 18, 19]. If there is no resurrection, then the dead have perished. He didn’t say that they are in heaven without bodies, he said they are perished, and the only thing that we would have to look forward to is this life (which would be most miserable.) Paul clearly did not teach that once a person dies he ascends to heaven. He taught that at the resurrection all ascend to heaven together. The babies who have died to not go to a strange place without Mother or Father, they are in an unconscious sleep until the resurrection when all can go to heaven together. God’s way truly is best.

When we rationally think about the resurrection, it is the only thing that would make sense anyway, for the Bible constantly talks about a judgment. God has an appointed time for the Judgment, [Acts 17:31] and throughout the Bible it is repeatedly talked about as a future event. (e.g. Ecclesiastes 12:13, 14; Matthew 22:21-24.) We are also told, “For we must all appear before the judgement seat of Christ,” [II Corinthians 5:10]. (For more information on this subject, see Steps to Life’s booklets, Subpoenaed to the Trial of Your Life and Your Last Night on Earth.) If a person when directly to heaven or hell before the judgment day, that would be incredibly unfair. Who has ever heard of a judge condemning a person to prison before he was found guilty? Yet this is what people think God is doing. What a misrepresentation of our loving God! God would never sentence a person to death, or life, before a fair trial had been given. Revelation pictures the judgment taking place [Revelation 20:11-13] and THEN, after the judgment occurs, is the “lake of fire.” [Revelation 20:14, 15]. God is just, and the punishment will not be executed until the judgment (or trial) takes place, and thus all the dead righteous and wicked are asleep in their graves awaiting their respective resurrections. [I John 5:28, 29].

The Thief on the Cross

As in any subject that we study from the Bible, there are a few texts that can confuse us and make it hard to understand. We must always remember the Biblical principle of getting the weight of the evidence. “Whom will he teach knowledge? And whom will he make to understand the message? Those just weaned from milk? Those just drawn from the breasts? For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept, line upon line, line upon line, here a little, there a little.” [Isaiah 28:9, 10]. “These things we also speak, not in words which man’s wisdom teaches but which the Holy Spirit teaches, comparing spiritual things with spiritual.” [I Corinthians 2:13]. If we are going to understand what God is telling us in His Word about a subject, we must compare scripture with scripture. We must put precept upon precept, line upon line, here a little and there a little. We must get the entire picture to see what God is trying to tell us. We must not isolate one verse from the rest of the Bible and build a doctrine upon it. We must get the weight of evidence and allow the weight of evidence to determine our thinking upon a subject. There are always going to be a few verses that make it difficult for us to understand, but if we look upon the subject as a whole, comparing all the verses, the Holy Spirit will teach us the truth.

One such verse that can be used to stand in contradiction to the weight of evidence of what the Bible says about death, is what Jesus said to the thief on the cross. “Then he said to Jesus, ‘Lord, remember me when You come into Your kingdom.’ And Jesus said to him, ‘Assuredly, I say to you, today you will be with Me in Paradise.'” [Luke 23:42, 43]. At first glance it does appear that Jesus is promising the thief that he will be in Paradise that very day. There are a few problems with that interpretation, though. The first is that it contradicts that vast majority of other references on the subject. The second is that Jesus did not even go to Paradise that day. On resurrection morning, Mary Magdalene had come to the tomb and found that Jesus was not there. She immediately ran to get the other disciples and they came and verified that what she said was correct, and then they returned to their own homes. Mary, on the other hand, stayed at the garden weeping. Mary then mistakes Jesus for the gardener, until Jesus calls her by name. Immediately she throws herself at His feet, but “Jesus said to her, ‘Do not cling to Me, for I have not yet ascended to My Father; but go to My brethren and say to them, “I am ascending to My Father and your Father, to My God and your God.”‘” [John 20:17]. Jesus plainly told Mary that He had not ascended to the Father yet, and therefore do not cling to Him. On Sunday morning, shortly after the resurrection, Jesus had not yet ascended to the throne of God, where Paradise and the Tree of Life is. [cf. Revelation 2:7; 22:1, 2.] How could Jesus have been with the thief in Paradise on Friday, if He hadn’t even gone to Paradise before Sunday morning? Clearly it must not be teaching that Jesus promised that the thief would be in Paradise that very day, for that would make a liar out of Jesus. What was Jesus saying? When we look back to the Greek, we find that there was no punctuation. Not only was there no punctuation, but there was not even spaces or lowercase letters. The translators did a marvelous job in translating and putting in the punctuation, but they did not always put the punctuation in the right places. An example of this can be found in Acts 19:12. In the King James Version it reads that the handkerchiefs were sick and so Paul healed them, and the diseases and unclean spirits went out from them. We know that the comma was misplaced in this instance. If it is placed after the word “sick” it makes perfect sense. By putting the comma after “today,” instead of before “today,” It agrees with all the rest of scripture. It would then read, “Assuredly, I say to you today, you will be with me in Paradise.” Jesus is simply making the declaration today, even though the thief had waited until the last hours of his life, today he was guaranteed that he would be in Paradise. Jesus was saying to the thief, as he said to Zacchaeus, “Today salvation has come to this house.” [Luke 19:19]. The thief is now unconsciously sleeping in the grave until the resurrection, just like all the other righteous dead.

Since we are talking about contacting the dead, we should look at another instance that is sometimes used to justify contacting the dead, and the erroneous idea that we can communicate with the dead. This instance is found in I Samuel 28:3-19. We find here that even though Saul had previously “put the mediums and the spiritists out of the land” (verse 3), in his apostasy he went and consulted a medium, which the Lord calls an abomination. Notice in verse 6, “And when Saul inquired of the Lord, the Lord did not answer him, either by dreams or by Urim or by the prophets.” The Lord had left Saul, and now when Saul longed for communication with the Lord, the Lord refused to answer him, so Saul turned to the agent of Satan, one who claims to be able to call up the dead. Saul asks for Samuel to be brought up. Now note, Samuel was a true prophet, and verse 6 already made it clear that the Lord DID NOT answer by prophets. When Saul asks what the woman sees, she says, “I saw a spirit ascending out of the earth.” (verse 13) Saul did not see anything, it was only the medium who saw this spirit. It also does not say that she saw Samuel, but simply a spirit that looked like Samuel. (cf. Verse 14). Saul then “perceived that it was Samuel.” (verse 14). Saul bows down to the Spirit. This is conclusive evidence right there that it was not Samuel, for not even good angels allow people to bow down to them. [Revelation 19:10]. If it was truly Samuel, there is no way that Samuel would have tolerated obeisance to him. It is true that the spirit claimed to be Samuel, but wouldn’t an evil spirit follow through with its deception and claim to be the one it is impersonating? It is also true that “the spirit” told the truth about what was going to happen, but once again, the Devil tells the truth at times when it makes his deceptions more plausible. The devils repeatedly told the truth that Jesus was the Son of God [Matthew 8:29; Mark 1:23-25; 3:11], but does that mean that they are good spirits? Absolutely not! The evil “spirit” in this instance was just telling the truth to be more deceptive. It would have been futile to try to deceive Saul anyway, for he was a lost man. The Lord had become his enemy and he was to die the next day. Notice one of the reasons that Saul was killed, “So Saul died for his unfaithfulness which he had committed against the Lord, because he did not keep the Word of the Lord, and also because he consulted a medium for guidance.” [I Chronicles 10:13]. One of the reasons why Saul died was that he consulted a medium for guidance. Saul, in total apostasy, consulted a medium, which is an abomination, and he died because of it. The medium was the only one who saw anything; a “spirit ascending out of the earth,” not Samuel, although it resembled Samuel; Saul worshipped this spirit, which Samuel would never have allowed to happen; and the Lord would not answer Saul by prophets, and Samuel was a prophet. Surely it was not Samuel who was consulted, but an evil spirit impersonating Samuel.

Spirits in the Last Days

In the days in which we live, it is so important that we understand the truth about contacting the dead. Revelation tells us that it is going to be the spirits of devils that are going to gather the world together for the Battle of Armageddon. “And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs coming out of the mouth of the dragon, out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. For they are spirits of demons, performing signs, which go out to the kings of the earth and of the wold world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.” [Revelation 16:13, 14]. John sees the spirit of demons doing signs and deceiving the world into uniting on the wrong side of the Battle of Armageddon. “And he cried mightily with a loud voice, saying, ‘Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and has become a habitation of demons, and a prison for every foul spirit, and a cage for every unclean and hated bird!” [Revelation 18:2]. The last day power of Babylon is mentioned as being a habitation of demons and a prison for every foul spirit. In the last days, these spirits of demons and foul spirits are going to play a large part in deceiving the world into worshipping the beast power. They will appear impersonating our dead loved ones and teach us that we need to worship the beast, but beware! Do not listen to them, for they are the spirits of demons. They may even appear as the apostles or other early Christian figures, teaching things contrary to the writings of Scripture, but beware! The apostles and early Christians are sleeping in the grave awaiting the resurrection. They will not rise “till the heavens are no more, they will not awake, nor be roused from their sleep.””[Job 14:12]. The race to contact the dead is well under progress today, but it will grow and increase. Do not be surprised to see miraculous appearances and signs from those who claim to be deceased–they are none other than the agents of Satan to deceive the world into accepting the mark of the beast. Everything must be tested by the great test given in God’s Word, “To the law and to the testimony! If they do not speak according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” [Isaiah 8:20]. It does not matter how good and wonderful a spirit may appear, if it claims to have returned from the dead–it is false, because it is contradicting the testimony of the Word of God. There is no light in it. We must know for a certainty and remember what the Word of God is teaching on this crucial topic, or we will be deceived by the wiles of the Devil in the last days.

We do not need to fear, though, for God is stronger than all the might of the adversary. God has promised, “For I am persuaded that neither death nor life, nor angels, nor principalities nor powers, nor things present nor things to come, nor height nor depth, nor any other created thing, shall be able to separate us from the love of God which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.” If we keep our life hid in Christ, we will be safe from the powerful delusions that will take the world captive. The ones who are deceived are those who do “not receive the love of the truth.” [II Thessalonians 2:10]. All who are carefully and prayerfully studying the Word of God (for His “word is truth”, John 17:17) and are purifying their “souls in obeying the truth” [I Peter 1:22] will be shielded from the deceptions of the Devil. Those who are willing to follow and believe God’s Word, whatever it says, will be “kept by the power of God through faith” and will receive the end of their faith–the salvation of their souls. [I Peter 1:5, 9]. Praise God for teaching us the truth from His Word that we need not be deceived, and may each one of us be among that group who are protected from the last powerful delusions.

All emphasis the authors unless otherwise stated.
All texts from the New King James Version unless otherwise noted.

Sources:

  • Here and Hereafter, Uriah Smith, originally published by Review and Herald Publishing Association, 1897, reprinted by Amazing Facts.
  • Spirits of the Dead, Joe Crews, published by Amazing Facts
  • People Weekly, October 25, 1999 “Across the Great Divide”, pg. 117-126 by J. D. Reed, Ivory Clinton, Natasha Stoynoff, Eric Francis, Fannie Weinstein, Johnny Dodd, Glenn Garelik.

If you would like to reprint or translate this booklet, please contact Steps to Life for permission.
Copyright © 1999 by Steps to Life

Click here to view other exciting posts on the Bible from Steps to Life.

Secrets from the Spirit World

by Michael C. Wells

Secrets from the Spirit WorldIn today’s society, we are bombarded from all sides with the supernatural. It has become such a prominent part of our everyday life that it is beginning to be accepted and not seen as a danger as it was in times past. You can go to any bookstore and find volume after volume on the occult, spiritualism, magic, and ghosts. The paranormal has become part of our culture. It is hard to see any television show or movie that does not promote some form of the supernatural. In recent years, many movies have come out depicting dead loved ones coming back to “guide” those they left behind. A popular television show promotes “spirit guides” as part of an ancient Indian religion. Some have made magic and witchcraft look fun and unobtrusive. We hear of “good” and “bad” witchcraft, and we wonder, where did all this come from?

When I was a boy, certain practices, like consulting psychics and fortunetellers, were so taboo that we would not even consider it entertainment. Today, people quite frequently seek out these spiritualistic forms of entertainment. We see them at fairs and advertised on television. Tarot card reading and horoscopes have become the new “rage” in our society today. You can find out each and every day in the newspaper how to live your life by watching the stars, or you can spend hours on the Internet searching and reading about paranormal events, or reading about the psychics themselves.

Paranormal experiences seem to be on the rise. We hear of apparitions of people that have long been dead, or maybe you have even encountered such an event in your own life. The question remains— are these really our dead loved ones come back to haunt or help us? How would we know and is it important? Are the spirits really trying to give us secret information and is it reliable?

The movie industry, without question, has been foremost in molding our minds to accept these paranormal events. We have seen spellbinding magic, performed right in front of us, in our own living room. Children’s programs are laced with mysticism and the occult. Can you imagine the affect on our children’s minds as we blindly allow them to soak up this kind of information? Is it any wonder that our children today are out of control, experimenting with drugs to gain a “higher plain of understanding”?

The affect of this occultism has caused race and even class hatred. Here, in recent years, we have seen children killing children for no real reason except selfgratification and the “if it feels good, do it” syndrome. If this isn’t bad enough, we are being programmed to be ready for beings from outer space. Through the movie medium, such movies as Star Trek, Star Wars, and E. T. have put the idea in our minds that there may be something to this mysticism, after all, is it so bad to have the “force” with you? We also see and hear of numerous UFO sightings through videos and newsprint. Are we being prepared for an invasion from outer space? I believe that it is important to understand just where this is leading and who is behind all of it. Spiritualism is nothing new to society; it has been around for 6000 years. The occult has always been connected with satanic rituals and practices, yet in the last few years it has received quite the face- lift. Now people do not see the evil of it, but are enthralled with the wonder of it all. Despite the change in our society, the Bible continues to condemn sorcery and those who practice spiritualism. “But the cowardly, unbelieving, abominable, murderers, sexually immoral, sorcerers , idolaters, and all liars shall have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone, which is the second death.” Revelation 21: 8.

Extraterrestrial Intervention Spiritualism is rooted in paganism, which is the worship of idols and gods other than the God of heaven. In the days of Daniel, King Nebuchadnezzar trusted magicians and sorcerers as his “guide,” but the God of heaven showed just how little they truly knew. (See our booklet Why Hitler Lost.) All wisdom is God given, but there are spirits out there that are not from God. I believe firmly in spirits. The Bible tells us that God’s angels are ministering spirits. (Hebrews 1: 13,14.) As we study about the angels of God, we find that there is more than one type of angel. In Genesis 3: 24, we see one kind called cherubim. “So He drove out the man; and He placed a cherubim at the east of the Garden of Eden, and a flaming sword, which turned every way, to guard the way to the tree of life.” We also see in Isaiah 6: 1– 2 another kind of angel called Seraphim. These type of angels seem to have specific duties in the temple of God.

Are there Angels?

God’s angels are mighty beings. They possess powers beyond our comprehension, yet they are called “ministering spirits.” They come to do the Lord’s bidding and are sent to watch over erring mankind. Sometimes they have been given the duty to cause great destruction and other times great blessings. The former is a rarity, for God’s angels are as good and loving as God. But, in one instance, God sent one angel to the camp of the Assyrian army that had defied the Divine Master, and during that night 186,000 Assyrians were killed. Angels are powerful beings and should not be trifled with. Yet, God’s angels are not usually in the business of destruction. They have been seen by many people and have helped many through terrible trials and tragedy. Abraham witnessed the coming of three angels to his camp, as he sat in his tent during the heat of the day. Three men appeared from nowhere, and Abraham offered them drink and food. The heavenly strangers sat down and ate with him under the terebinth trees. This story shows that angels are not just some disembodied spirits floating around. Angels can take on human form and even partake of nourishment.

There have been many incidents where angels, in the form of men, have worked in behalf of someone in need. One particular story I remember, is told of a preacher who was a circuit rider in the 1800’s. A circuit rider was a minister who traveled from town to town and church to church to preach the word of God. He was responsible for several churches and would visit a different one every week. This pastor’s name was John Jones, and he was a pastor for the Welch Calvinistic Methodist Church.

One particular day, as he was riding his horse toward his home, after visiting one of his many churches, he felt very uneasy about his trip. It was not just that he was carrying a large amount of money, which had been taken up for a special chapel building project; he had done that many times. This day seemed no different than any other, but for some reason, that he could not explain, he felt as though something was wrong. It was not long after departing that the sensation of trouble increased. He prodded his horse into a faster pace as he rode through an isolated area between two small villages.

The road narrowed to a small path with a five- foot- high hedge running parallel to it. The hedge served as a windbreak, keeping the small path from losing all its dirt. As John rode along the hedge path, he saw another horse on his left coming toward him from a great distance away. In a matter of a few minutes, the other rider was within fifty feet of him, riding on the other side of the hedge. Coming a little closer to the hedge, John could see that the rider was very rough- looking and held a large reaping hook in his hand. The rider stared at the minister. John knew that his fears had now been confirmed.

His concern for his safety and the safety of the funds grew as they approached a gate that crossed the path. He knew from past experience that the gate was always locked and he would have to dismount to unlock it. The rough- looking rider galloped ahead of him, dismounted and was standing at the gate. It was now only about a half mile away. John, still in the saddle, began to pray. “Dear God, You know that I have this money with me that has been given by those hard- working people of Yours. Much of it represents great sacrifice. Please protect me, now, from this stranger and any other danger that I might not be aware of. Please don’t let me come to harm. Thank You in Christ’s name.”

As John prayed, his horse had slowly come to a halt. Without looking up, John urged his horse onward. It refused to budge an inch. John gave it a kick in the side, which did nothing to move the animal. Then John looked up and saw the reason for the horse’s hesitancy. Right in front of them, at a place where the path widened so wagons could pass each other, was another horse. It was a large white steed and a tall man was in its saddle. “Where did he come from?” John asked himself. “I didn’t see anyone ahead of me, or anyone coming from the other direction. How did he get up there?” John rode up to the stranger, and before he realized it, had poured out his problem to him. For some odd reason, it was a relief to share this with the other rider. He did not answer John, but stared intently at the man with the reaping hook. When the suspected robber looked up and saw the new rider’s stare, he suddenly mounted his horse and rode feverishly across the field in the direction from which he had come.

“Whew!” John said, “I am so thankful that you came up when you did!” The man on the white steed made no reply whatsoever. “If you hadn’t come up, I’d probably have been robbed or killed.” The other man still remained silent, and John became nervous. Why did this man not respond to him? “When I saw that other man ride off as fast as he did,” John continued, “I just knew that my prayer for deliverance was heard, and that you were sent by the Lord.” Without looking at John, the rider said simply, but strongly, “Amen.”

John jumped off his horse at the gate and opened it so that this friend could pass through. Then John walked his own horse through. When John turned around, locked the gate, and went back to his horse, the rider was gone!

He looked down the road from where they had come and saw no one nor any dust. He looked in the direction that the would- be robber had taken so quickly, and did not see the white horse there either. “Where is he?” John asked himself in a semidaze, “Where could he have gone to?”

A cold chill raced over his body as he thought about what had actually happened. Then he began to question himself. “Am I imagining all this?” John walked back to the gate and looked over onto the path he had just been riding on. There were two sets of hoofprints. There had been another rider with him. John looked over at the field where the robber had been and saw clearly the freshly beaten-down grass from the other rider. He knew that it was all real!

John mounted his horse and rode along at his regular pace. A deep feeling of awe overcame him as never before in his entire life. He thought back on how the tall rider on the white steed had suddenly appeared after he had begged God for help. He pictured the rider’s silence, except for that one word. “Amen.” Then, it all came into focus. “He never said a word until I mentioned the name of the Lord. I have actually seen an angel! The Lord sent an angel for me just like He did time after time after time in the Bible!”

John stopped his horse, jumped off, and fell to his knees. “Oh Lord, I’ve always believed that you sent your delivering and protecting angels for those saints in the Bible. I believe your holy Word. But, I’ve never felt worthy of Your sending an angel for me. I’m so glad that Your help and deliverance are not based on merit or worthiness. Because if it was, I would not be thanking you now.” God is ever interested in His people, and sends His angels to protect and guide them through their daily walk. Maybe you have wondered where these magnificent beings came from? Colossians 1: 16 says, “For by Him [Jesus] all things were created that are in heaven and that are on earth, visible and invisible, whether thrones or dominions or principalities or powers. All things were created through Him and for Him.” Jesus is the Creator of all. He created these celestial beings for service and praise. The Apostle John writes, “Then I looked, and I heard the voice of many angels around the throne, the living creatures, and the elders; and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands, saying with a loud voice: ‘Worthy is the Lamb who was slain to receive power and riches and wisdom, and strength and honor and glory and blessing! ’” Revelation 5: 11, 12.

These angels are space travelers, but they do not use spaceships or have big bulging black eyes with green skin. They travel space and time by the power God has given them. Daniel found out just how quickly one of these angels could travel when he was praying for understanding of a vision in Daniel 9. As he was praying, help was sent from heaven. We know that it would take many light years to reach even the nearest star from our earth, yet this angel traversed time and space with such speed that we have a hard time imagining how he accomplished such a feat. Daniel states in verse 21, “Yes, while I was speaking in prayer, the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning, being caused to fly swiftly , reached me about the time of the evening offering.” What speed! Gabriel traversed the distance in less time than it takes to say a prayer.

I am grateful to the Lord for His ministering angels, for without their loving care you and I might not be alive today. Unknowingly, many people owe their lives to God’s angels. I remember an experience I had once a long time ago that I can definitely attribute to God’s watch care over me.

It was a snowy, wintry day. The wind chill was miserable that day, as it is many times during Kansas winters. Even though it was slick and snowy, errands had to be done. Some friends of mine had picked me up in their old Dodge van, and we had set out to “take care of business.” It was so cold that many people were having car problems and, unfortunately, we were among them. As we drove along, it was evident that the van was beginning to get hot, and we were not near a service station. We kept driving hoping that we could make it to somewhere to get water or coolant. Then it happened. The hoses on the van blew and all the coolant was lost. What were we to do!

As we pondered the situation, my friend said he knew of a station just a few blocks away. But could we run this engine that far without water before it blew up? Finally the decision was made. Being young, adventurous, and daring, we all hopped back in the now chilly van and made for the gas station and safety from the cold. We had to keep the engine going and that meant not stopping, if possible, so we timed the traffic lights and made our attempt.

As we approached a stoplight, we noticed that the road was very slippery and icy. The road graders had scraped off the snow, but now all that was left was ice. As we timed the light, we were confident that we would not have to stop, at least for this light. We approached the corner just in time to see a semi- truck coming from the north, and he was not stopping. My friend jammed on the breaks, but we were on solid ice and began to slide immediately.

In this van there was a large window to look through, so we were given quite a view as the truck came racing in front of us. I can still remember my life flashing before my eyes. Everything seemed to be put into slow motion. Disaster was inevitable. The semi could not stop and neither could we. All we could do was brace for impact. We all knew that this was going to be a fatal accident. There was no doubt in our minds.

The semi was halfway through the intersection as we approached its side. With only two feet left to go before hitting the side of the semi, we were receiving quite the view. All of a sudden the most amazing and wondrous thing happen. The van went from 30 to 35 miles per hour to a dead stop. The stop was so severe that the rear bench seat of the van came tumbling forward sending another friend sprawling on the floor.

We all sat shaken and stunned at what had just occurred. When we had recovered some of our senses, we climbed out of the van and surveyed the situation. I looked under the van at the pavement, and what I saw, I could not believe. Under our wheels was nothing but ice! I looked back at the road that I had just traveled and it was just as slippery and icy. It was as if God had sent an angel to put his body between that semi- truck and us. We knew that day that God had intervened for our lives. He had sent His guardian angels to protect those that He loved.

God also sends His angels to give vital information to godly men and women. We saw earlier that Gabriel came to give Daniel special understanding into a very important prophecy, and, in Revelation, an angel came to give John a revelation straight from Jesus Himself (See Revelation 1: 1.). It is easy for men to be awed by these great and powerful beings. Their presence commands authority, for they stand in the presence of God. The Apostle John was so awed that he knelt down to worship his heavenly benefactor, but the angel would not tolerate it. Look at what he said to John. “And I fell at his feet to worship him. But he said to me, ‘See that you do not do that! I am your fellow servant, and of your brethren who have the testimony of Jesus. Worship God! For the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy. ’” Revelation 19: 10.

An angel from God will never accept worship, for only God is deserving of worship. Only God is holy. Revelation 15: 4 reads, “Who shall not fear you, O Lord, and glorify Your name? For You alone are holy. For all nations shall come and worship before You.” This is one of the defining characteristics of God’s angels. They will honor and obey God. They will never try to convince you to break God’s law or to worship anyone other than God.

The Source of Mysticism

We can see that God sends His angels to help mankind, but where do the psychics and sorcerers, and magicians get their information? Do the dead go to heaven and come back to give us insight into personal and world events? Where do these spirits come from that we hear so much about in today’s society? To find the answer, we must again go to the Book of Inspiration. We read in Colossians 1: 16 that Jesus created all things . He has made all things invisible as well as visible, and made all principalities and powers. Yet we also read that God will destroy those who dabble in sorcery and magic. Did He also bring evil into the world?

The Lord God is a God of choice and free will. He does not rule out of fear but out of love. Each of His creatures is a free moral agent, meaning they have the right to choose which path they will follow. This is not only true with men but also with angels. Before the world was formed, a leading angel, the covering cherub of God’s throne, rebelled against His authority in an attempt to exalt himself to equality with God. His desire was to be part of the inner counsel of the Godhead. He sowed the seed of discontent in the courts of heaven to gain sympathy from other angels who admired him because of his beauty, wisdom, and position. But Lucifer perverted his wisdom and allowed pride to enter into his heart. God had created him perfect and had given him a high position, yet this was not adequate for his prideful heart.

The Lord, speaking through the prophet Ezekiel, described Lucifer in this way: “You were the anointed cherub who covers; I established you; you were on the holy mountain of God; you walked back and forth in the midst of fiery stones. You were perfect in your ways from the day you were created, till iniquity was found in you.” “Your heart was lifted up because of your beauty; you corrupted your wisdom for the sake of your splendor; I cast you to the ground, I laid you before kings, that they might gaze at you.” Ezekiel 28: 14,17. Because of Lucifer’s sin, God called him Satan (the adversary and accuser) and cast him from heaven, along with all that followed him. “So the great dragon was cast out, that serpent of old, called the Devil and Satan, who deceives the whole world; he was cast to the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.” Revelation 12: 9.

Satan was cast to the earth and went out to deceive the whole world. He accomplishes this through beguiling methods. Remember that he and his angels are still very powerful beings and have powers that you and I do not have. He employs these powers to misdirect people’s minds, thoughts, and deeds. He is the author of deceit, and the father of all lies. (John 8: 44.) He is ever watching for ways to cause us to be deceived and lose the path to righteousness that only God can give. He also uses earthly agents. Through kings, governments, and even churches, he works out his evil plan. He is the one who is behind the work of the occult. Though he can not foretell the future, for only God knows the end from the beginning (Isaiah 46: 9,10), he notes our character flaws and our weaknesses. He leads men’s minds, if they are not fixed on God, to fulfill his desires and accept his counsel.

100% Accuracy

The so- called fortunetellers and psychics derive their knowledge straight from the bosom of Satan. The Bible says that a true prophet of God will be correct 100% of the time, yet psychics boast of their knowledge and are wrong more times than not. Jean Dixon, a famous psychic, claimed to be led by the same spirit that worked through John the Baptist. She also uplifted the work of Nostradamus, a 16th Century wizard, and claimed he was a man of God, yet she violates almost every test of a true prophet of God. Ms. Dixon was never correct on any prediction, of any consequence. If someone is led of God, they will be correct all the time.

As for Nostradamus, people have tried to promote his many prophecies, yet they go directly against the Bible prophecies of former prophets. The Bible says to this: “To the law and the prophets! If they do not speak according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” Isaiah 8: 20. In the 1550’s, Nostradamus’ main source for his magical inspirations came from a book called De Mysteriis Egyptorum— a book on ancient magic from the spiritualists of Egypt.

There are many other well- known psychics, who we could name, that did not derive their knowledge from God, but from another “spirit.” Psychics feel they are doing well if they are accurate at least 20 to 30 percent of the time. God’s standards are much higher. How would you like to base your life on horoscopes, fortunetellers, and psychics that are wrong more times than they are right? Hundreds of thousands do it everyday. Satan is in control of their minds making it look like they are having great success. The Bible says, Beware! The devil is like a roaring lion looking for whom he may devour. (I Peter 5: 8.) His deceptions are so clever that in the very end times he will send his angels to impersonate the apostles themselves, and he will come as an “angel of light.” (II Corinthians 11: 13,14.)

A Christian writer stated: “Spiritualism is the masterpiece of deception. It is Satan’s most successful and fascinating delusion,— one calculated to take hold of the sympathies of those who have laid their loved ones in the grave. Evil angels come in the form of those loved ones, and relate incidents connected with their lives, and perform acts which they performed while living. In this way they lead persons to believe that their dead friends are angels, hovering over them, and communicating with them. These evil angels, who assume to be the deceased friends, are regarded with a certain idolatry, and with many their word has greater weight than the word of God. Thus men and women are led to reject the truth, and give ‘heed to seducing spirits. ’” The Signs of the Times, August 26, 1889, by Ellen G. White.

More times than you would think, these evil spirits use religion to deceive the masses of the world. They play on the senses and the emotions of the people. They will use “miracles” to awe and fascinate the mind. What people see, they believe. These evil angels, that fell from heaven with Satan, perform wondrous signs that seem to prove they are who and what they say they are. However, the Apostle Paul warns of just such a deception in 2 Thessalonians 2: 8. “And then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord will consume with the breath of His mouth and destroy with the brightness of His coming. The coming of the lawless one is according to the working of Satan, with all power, signs, and lying wonders.”

“Spiritualism is about to take the world captive. There are many that think that Spiritualism is upheld through trickery and imposture; but this is far from the truth. Superhuman power is working in a variety of ways, and few have any idea as to what will be the manifestations of Spiritualism in the future. The foundation for the success of Spiritualism has been laid in the assertions that have been made from the pulpits of our land. The ministers have proclaimed, as Bible doctrines, falsehoods that have originated from the arch- deceiver. The doctrine of consciousness after death, of the spirits of the dead being in communion with the living, has no foundation in the Scriptures, and yet this theory is affirmed as truth. Through this false doctrine the way has been opened for the spirits of devils to deceive the people in representing themselves as the dead. Satanic agencies personate the dead, and thus bring souls into captivity. Satan has a religion, he has a synagogue and devout worshipers. To swell the ranks of his devotees he uses all manner of deception. Ibid., May 28, 1894.

Paul was ever warning the people in his day about these great deceptions. He feared they would be caught up in the snare of Satan. He tells the Corinthian church: “But I fear, lest somehow, as the serpent deceived Eve by his craftiness, so your minds may be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ. For if he who comes preaches another Jesus whom we have not preached, or if you receive a different spirit which you have not received, or a different gospel which you have not accepted, you may well put up with it.” 2 Corinthians 11: 3,4. Paul was afraid of the very thing that we see happening today. People are accepting “another Jesus,” one who preaches liberalism instead of obedience. They are accepting a different “spirit” who entices the senses instead of convicting the heart, and today we see people accepting a very different gospel than the one that the Bible portrays as the gospel of Jesus. Jesus said, “If you love Me, keep My commandments” (John 14: 15), but the spirits of today’s gospel say, “Just confess that you love me and you will be saved. There is no need to try to follow all that the Bible says.” This is the great deception!

Do the Dead Speak from the Grave?

God gave the Apostle Paul insight through revelations and visions. He saw, that in the future, Satan would pervert the true gospel of Jesus. He reproves the Galatians, and us today, in Galatians 1: 6– 9, when he says, “I marvel that you are turning away so soon from Him who called you in the grace of Christ, to a different gospel, which is not another; but there are some who trouble you and want to pervert the gospel of Christ. But even if we, or an angel from heaven , preach any other gospel to you than what we have preached to you, let him be accursed. As we have said before, so now I say again, if anyone preaches any other gospel to you than what you have received, let him be accursed.” Paul emphasizes that even if someone comes saying that they are the apostles brought back to life (or anyone else for that matter), or claim to be an angel from heaven, do not believe them! They are evil spirits impersonating the dead. Believe them not!

How could Paul make such a profound and definite statement about such things? Have not dead loved ones come back to talk to their relatives? I am sure you have heard of many cases where just such a claim is made. Why was Paul so sure that these were not human beings that had died and come back to give information of the future? The Bible is very clear that we should have nothing to do with those who claim to be able to bring back the dead. (In Bible times those who practiced this craft were called mediums.) In Leviticus it says, “Give no regard to mediums and familiar spirits; do not seek after them, to be defiled by them: I am the Lord your God.” Leviticus 19: 31. “A man or a woman who is a medium, or who has familiar spirits, shall surely be put to death; they shall stone them with stones. Their blood shall be upon them.” Here we see how severely people were punished, in Old Testament times, who claimed they could bring back the dead. The question remains, though, are they really bringing back the dead?

The answer, when we look at the Scriptures, is quite simple, really. We find that these apparitions of dead loved ones, or the impersonations of apostles, are not really dead humans, but evil angels impersonating them. We hear so much about the visions of the “Virgin Mary” and the information that “she” seems to be imparting to mankind, yet this could not really be her because of these plain statements from the Bible. “For the living know that they will die; but the dead know nothing, and they have no more reward, for the memory of them (their remembrance of things) is forgotten. Also their love, their hatred, and their envy have now perished; nevermore will they have a share in anything done under the sun .” Ecclesiastics 9: 5,6. Psalms 146: 4 says it even more clearly: “His breath goeth forth, he returneth to his earth; in that day his thoughts perish.” (KJV)

A Dreadful Deception

These sightings are not truly our dead loved ones returning to us, but evil angels impersonating them. There is a true story about a man who was very sick, thousands of miles away from home. He was so sick that he was in delirium and knew nothing of what was going on around him. During his illness, his roommate in the hospital died. The hospital staff sent the dead man’s belongings back to his wife, with a note that her husband had died. Unfortunately, a terrible mistake had been made, and the wife of the man who was still alive was sent the note saying that her husband had died. That night this women received a visit from her “dead” husband telling her of his “death” and encouraging her to be happy and marry another man. When the wife finally received the package of belongings, she believed that the spirit who had visited her must have truly been her husband’s ghost. Later, the wife received another visit from her “dead” husband again encouraging her to marry the man who would soon call for her hand. Eventually, all this came to pass, and she was married to another man, while in the mean time her real husband was getting well in the hospital.

When he found out about the mistake that had been made, he wrote his wife, but her new husband received the letter. Being shocked that the woman’s husband was still alive, he arranged for them to move so she would not find out. Eventually, the man in the hospital was well enough to travel and immediately set out to see his wife who had never written back to him. When he reached his home he found no one there. After inquiring around, he found out where his wife had moved. He quickly went to see her, but when she came to the door, he was in for quite a surprise. In her arms was a brand new baby.

God has put a vast gulf between the living and the dead. This has been done purposely that mankind would not ever be fooled by evil spirits claiming to be dead loved ones. If the wife of this man would have understood that the dead do not come back to life until the resurrection at the Second Coming of Jesus, she would have never been deceived into marrying another man. But because of a lack of knowledge of God’s word, Satan was able to destroy this family. This ghost of the “dead” husband was none other than one of Satan’s angels. And yes, the impersonation was very good. These evil beings know all about us. They know our names, our likes and dislikes, they know our mannerisms and our habits, and they can impersonate our looks and voices perfectly. The Bible predicted in I Timothy 4: 1, that in the last days, some would give heed to seducing spirits and the doctrines of demons. We must flee from these counterfeits to God’s truth.

As the world turns more and more to paranormal phenomenon, ESP, magic, hypnotism, and horoscopes, we find that we must guard against these devices of Satan. Flee for your lives, says the Lord of Hosts. Anyone can be deceived by these enticing delusions. When we put ourselves in a position to have contact with Satan, we are putting ourselves on very dangerous ground. If we are to be saved from these devices, we must seek the Lord and be drawn into the safety of His arms. There is no power that can separate us from God, for He is mightier than all the mystics and psychics of the world. He is a God that cannot lie, and His truth stands forever. Jesus said, “Sanctify them by Your truth. Your word is truth.” John 17: 17.

Jesus gave us a warning of the destruction that will befall us if we do not love His truth and abhor the entrapping doctrines of Satan. “And for this reason God will send them strong delusion, that they should believe the lie, that they all may be condemned who did not believe the truth but had pleasure in unrighteousness.” 2 Timothy 2: 11,12. We must take a stand against the devil and flee from his devices. We must avoid his pleasures and lies as if dealing with a plague. If we are to be on God’s side in the great controversy between right and wrong, if we are to be called children of God, if we are to live in heaven with the King of kings and Lord of lords, we must be purified from the heathen practices of the occult. It is not just enough to say you will not deal in mystical arts, we must not watch, listen, or participate in any form of Satan’s delusive game.

Today we must make choices for eternity— decisions that have life and death consequences. We must seek God and His righteousness, and He will be our guiding light. King David writes these words from the Lord for our consideration and admonition: “Come, you children, listen to Me; I will teach you the fear of the Lord. Who is the man who desires life, and loves many days, that he may see good? Keep your tongue from evil, and your lips from speaking deceit. Depart from evil and do good; Seek peace and pursue it. Evil shall slay the wicked, and those who hate the righteous shall be condemned. The Lord redeems the souls of His servants, and none of those who trust in Him shall be condemned.” Psalm 34: 11– 14,21,22.

Sources:

Spicer, W. A. and Menke, Helen Spicer, The Hand that Intervenes.
Anderson, Roy Allan, Secrets of the Spirit World.
Cheetham, Erika, The Prophecies of Nostradamus.
Carroll, Robert Todd, The Skeptic’s Dictionary.
Noorbergen, Rene, Ellen G. White, Prophet of Destiny.

Click here to view other exciting posts on the Bible from Steps to Life.